TWI901645B - Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and device - Google Patents
Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and deviceInfo
- Publication number
- TWI901645B TWI901645B TW110107078A TW110107078A TWI901645B TW I901645 B TWI901645 B TW I901645B TW 110107078 A TW110107078 A TW 110107078A TW 110107078 A TW110107078 A TW 110107078A TW I901645 B TWI901645 B TW I901645B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- preferred
- group
- groups
- compounds
- acid
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/11—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種感光性樹脂組成物、由上述感光性樹脂組成物構成之圖案的製造方法、由上述感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜、上述感光膜的硬化物、包含由上述硬化物構成之層之積層體、以及包含上述硬化物或上述積層體之元件,上述感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚醯亞胺及聚苯并㗁唑之群組中之至少1種樹脂、有機金屬錯合物、以及具有縮合環結構之增感劑。This invention provides a photosensitive resin composition, a method for manufacturing a pattern formed by the photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive film formed by the photosensitive resin composition, a cured form of the photosensitive film, a laminate comprising layers composed of the cured form, and an element comprising the cured form or the laminate. The photosensitive resin composition comprises at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, polyimide, and polybenzoxazole, an organometallic complex, and a sensitizer having a condensed ring structure.
Description
本發明有關一種感光性樹脂組成物、圖案的製造方法、感光膜、硬化物、積層體及元件。This invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition, a method for manufacturing a pattern, a photosensitive film, a curing material, a laminate, and an element.
聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此可用於各種用途。作為上述用途並沒有特別限定,但若以實際安裝用半導體元件為例,則可舉出作為絕緣膜、密封材料的素材或保護膜的利用。又,亦可用作可撓性基板的基底膜、覆蓋膜等。Polyimide or polybenzoxazole possesses excellent heat resistance and insulation properties, making it suitable for a wide range of applications. While there are no particular limitations on these applications, for example, in the practical installation of semiconductor components, it can be used as an insulating film, sealing material, or protective film. Furthermore, it can also be used as a base film or cover film for flexible substrates.
例如,在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑以包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂之感光性樹脂組成物的形態使用。 例如藉由塗佈等將該種感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材上來形成感光膜,之後根據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化物。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物、上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物例如藉由加熱被環化,在硬化物中分別成為聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑。 能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等應用感光性樹脂組成物,因此,可以說例如所應用的感光性樹脂組成物在應用時的形狀、大小、應用位置等設計的自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等所具有之高性能以外,該種製造上的適應性優異的觀點考慮,越發期待上述感光性樹脂組成物在產業上的應用拓展。For example, in the above-described applications, polyimide or polybenzoxazole is used in the form of a photosensitive resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, and polybenzoxazole precursor. For example, such a photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate by coating or the like to form a photosensitive film, and then, as needed, exposure, development, heating, etc., are performed, thereby forming a cured product on the substrate. The aforementioned polyimide precursor and polybenzoxazole precursor are, for example, cyclized by heating, becoming polyimide and polybenzoxazole, respectively, in the cured product. Photosensitive resin compositions can be applied using known coating methods, thus offering excellent manufacturing adaptability, such as a high degree of design freedom in terms of shape, size, and application location. Considering this excellent manufacturing adaptability, in addition to the high performance of polyimide and polybenzoxazole, there is growing anticipation for the expansion of industrial applications for these photosensitive resin compositions.
例如,在專利文獻1中記載有一種感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵為由特定結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物、光聚合起始劑、增感劑及以保存穩定性為目的之抑制劑以及包含感光劑之溶劑構成。 在專利文獻2中記載有一種正型感光性樹脂組成物,其特徵為由特定結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物、含有特定結構的乙烯氧基之化合物、紫外線等活性光線相對於分解而產生酸之感光劑、促進上述感光劑的分解之增感劑及溶劑構成。 在專利文獻3中記載有一種聚醯胺酸酯組成物,其特徵為將(A)特定結構的聚醯胺酸酯、(B)相對於(A)的聚醯胺酸酯重量為0.3~10重量%的有機鈦化合物及(C)溶劑混合而成。For example, Patent 1 describes a photosensitive resin composition characterized by comprising a polyimide precursor with a specific structure, a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, an inhibitor for maintaining stability, and a solvent containing a photosensitizer. Patent 2 describes a positive-type photosensitive resin composition characterized by comprising a polyimide precursor with a specific structure, a compound containing an ethylene oxide group with a specific structure, a photosensitizer that decomposes to produce acid upon exposure to active light such as ultraviolet light, a sensitizer that promotes the decomposition of the photosensitizer, and a solvent. Patent document 3 describes a polyamide composition characterized by mixing (A) a polyamide with a specific structure, (B) an organic titanium compound in which the weight of the polyamide relative to (A) is 0.3 to 10% by weight, and (C) a solvent.
[專利文獻1]日本特開2003-186187號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2001-290270號公報 [專利文獻3]日本特開2004-091572號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-186187 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-290270 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-091572
形成由感光性樹脂組成物構成之圖案時,要求提高所獲得之圖案的解析度及耐藥品性。When forming patterns composed of photosensitive resins, it is necessary to improve the resolution and drug resistance of the obtained patterns.
本發明的目的在於提供一種所獲得之圖案的解析度及耐藥品性優異之感光性樹脂組成物、由上述感光性樹脂組成物構成之圖案的製造方法、由上述感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜、上述感光膜的硬化物、包含由上述硬化物構成之層之積層體、以及包含上述硬化物或上述積層體之元件。The purpose of this invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition with excellent resolution and drug resistance of the obtained pattern, a method for manufacturing a pattern composed of the photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive film formed from the photosensitive resin composition, a cured form of the photosensitive film, a laminate comprising layers composed of the cured form, and an element comprising the cured form or the laminate.
以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種感光性樹脂組成物,其包含: 選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚醯亞胺及聚苯并㗁唑之群組中之至少1種樹脂; 有機金屬錯合物;以及 具有縮合環結構之增感劑。 <2>如<1>所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 上述增感劑包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子作為縮合環結構中的環員。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 上述增感劑包含選自包括吖啶酮結構、噻噸酮結構及吖啶結構之群組中之至少1種結構作為縮合環結構。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 相對於1質量份的上述有機金屬錯合物,上述增感劑的含量為0.5~5.0質量份。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 上述有機金屬錯合物係茂金屬化合物。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 上述有機金屬錯合物中包含之金屬係選自包括鈦、鋯及鉿之群組中之至少1種金屬。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物,其中 上述有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合起始能力。 <8>一種圖案的製造方法,其包括: 膜形成製程,將<1>至<7>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材而形成感光膜; 曝光製程,對上述感光膜進行曝光;及 顯影製程,對上述曝光後的上述感光膜進行顯影而獲得圖案。 <9>如<8>所述之圖案的製造方法,其中 在上述曝光製程中使用之曝光光包括波長150~450nm的光。 <10>如<8>或<9>所述之圖案的製造方法,其進一步包括: 加熱製程,加熱藉由上述顯影製程獲得之圖案而硬化圖案。 <11>一種感光膜,其由<1>至<7>之任一項所述之感光性樹脂組成物形成。 <12>一種硬化物,其係<11>所述之感光膜的硬化物。 <13>如<12>所述之硬化物,其用作再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <14>一種積層體,其包含2層以上由<12>或<13>所述之硬化物構成之層,在由上述硬化物構成之任意層彼此之間包含金屬層。 <15>一種元件,其包含<12>或<13>所述之硬化物、或者<14>所述之積層體。 [發明效果]The following are examples of representative embodiments of the present invention. <1> A photosensitive resin composition comprising: at least one resin selected from the group consisting of a polyimide precursor, a polybenzoxazole precursor, polyimide, and polybenzoxazole; an organometallic complex; and a sensitizer having a condensed ring structure. <2> The photosensitive resin composition as described in <1>, wherein the sensitizer comprises at least one atom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen and sulfur atoms as a ring member in the condensed ring structure. <3> The photosensitive resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein the sensitizer comprises at least one structure selected from the group consisting of acridinone, thiotonone, and acridinium structures as a condensed ring structure. <4> The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the content of the sensitizer is 0.5 to 5.0 parts by weight relative to 1 part by weight of the organometallic complex. <5> The photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the organometallic complex is a metallocene compound. <6> A photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the metal contained in the organometallic complex is selected from at least one metal of the group consisting of titanium, zirconium, and iron. <7> A photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the organometallic complex has photoradical polymerization initiation capability. <8> A method for manufacturing a pattern, comprising: a film forming process, applying a photosensitive resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7> to a substrate to form a photosensitive film; an exposure process, exposing the photosensitive film; and a developing process, developing the exposed photosensitive film to obtain the pattern. <9> A method for manufacturing a pattern as described in <8>, wherein the exposure light used in the above-described exposure process includes light with a wavelength of 150-450 nm. <10> A method for manufacturing a pattern as described in <8> or <9>, further comprising: a heating process, heating the pattern obtained by the above-described developing process to harden the pattern. <11> A photosensitive film formed from any one of the photosensitive resin compositions described in <1> to <7>. <12> A cured material, which is a cured form of the photosensitive film described in <11>. <13> The cured material described in <12> used as an interlayer insulating film for a rewiring layer. <14> A laminate comprising two or more layers composed of the hardened material described in <12> or <13>, wherein a metal layer is interposed between any of the layers composed of the hardened material. <15> An element comprising the hardened material described in <12> or <13>, or the laminate described in <14>. [Invention Effects]
根據本發明,提供一種所獲得之圖案的解析度及耐藥品性優異之感光性樹脂組成物、由上述感光性樹脂組成物構成之圖案的製造方法、由上述感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜、上述感光膜的硬化物、包含由上述硬化物構成之層之積層體、以及包含上述硬化物或上述積層體之元件。According to the present invention, a photosensitive resin composition with excellent resolution and drug resistance of the obtained pattern is provided, a method for manufacturing the pattern composed of the photosensitive resin composition, a photosensitive film formed from the photosensitive resin composition, a cured form of the photosensitive film, a laminate comprising layers composed of the cured form, and an element comprising the cured form or the laminate.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中利用“~”記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值包括之範圍。 在本說明書中“製程”這一術語不僅表示獨立的製程,只要能夠實現該製程的所需作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他製程明確區分之製程。 關於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代之標記同時包括不具有取代基之基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包括具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,“曝光”只要沒有特別說明,則除了利用光的曝光以外,亦包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任1個,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任1個,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任1個。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分表示從組成物的總成分去除溶劑之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度係除了溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定),並定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製),並使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製)作為管柱來求出。該等分子量只要沒有特別說明,則將使用THF(四氫呋喃)測定者作為洗提液。又,只要沒有特別說明,則在GPC測定中的檢測使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,在複數層中成為基準的關注層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,在成為基準的層與上述其他層之間可進一步夾有第3層或第3要件,成為基準的層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,只要沒有特別說明,則將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在感光膜時,將從基材朝向感光膜的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。此外,該種上下方向的設定是為了本說明書中的便利,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦可以與鉛垂上朝向不同。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則作為組成物中包含之各成分,組成物可以包含符合該成分的2種以上的化合物。又,只要沒有特別說明,則各成分在組成物中的含量表示符合該成分的所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合係更佳態樣。The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments shown. In this specification, the numerical range indicated by the "~" symbol represents the range including the lower and upper limits of the values recorded before and after the "~". In this specification, the term "process" not only refers to an independent process, but also includes processes that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the desired function of the process can be achieved. Regarding the marking of group (atomic group) in this specification, the markings without indication of substitution and non-substitution include both unsubstituent group (atomic group) and substituent group (atomic group). For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituent alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituent alkyl (substituted alkyl). In this instruction manual, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes exposure using light, as well as exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Furthermore, examples of light used for exposure include brightline light from mercury lamps, far-ultraviolet light (represented by excimer lasers), extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and active light or radiation such as electron beams. In this instruction manual, "(meth)acrylate" refers to either or both "acrylate" and "methacrylate," "(meth)acrylic acid" refers to either or both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid," and "(meth)acrylyl" refers to either or both "acrylyl" and "methacrylyl." In this instruction manual, in the structural formula, Me represents methyl, Et represents ethyl, Bu represents butyl, and Ph represents phenyl. In this specification, total solids content represents the total mass of the components after removing the solvent from the total composition. Furthermore, in this specification, solids concentration is the mass percentage of all components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are based on gel osmosis chromatography (GPC) and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) and number-average molecular weight (Mn) can be determined, for example, using an HLC-8220 GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) with guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION). Unless otherwise specified, these molecular weights will be measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as the eluent. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the detection in GPC measurements will use a UV (ultraviolet) detector at a wavelength of 254 nm. In this specification, when the positional relationship of the layers constituting the laminate is described as "upper" or "lower," other layers may exist above or below the reference layer in a plurality of layers. That is, a third layer or third element may be sandwiched between the reference layer and the other layers, and the reference layer does not need to be in contact with the other layers. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the direction of the stacked layers on the substrate is referred to as "upper," or, in the presence of a photosensitive film, the direction from the substrate towards the photosensitive film is referred to as "upper," and the opposite direction as "lower." Moreover, this vertical orientation is for convenience in this specification; in actual practice, the "upper" direction in this specification may differ from the vertical orientation. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, each component included in the composition may contain two or more compounds that conform to that component. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all compounds that conform to that component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the pressure is 101,325 Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this specification, the preferred configuration is considered a better configuration.
(感光性樹脂組成物) 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚醯亞胺及聚苯并㗁唑之群組中之至少1種樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)、有機金屬錯合物、以及具有縮合環結構之增感劑。(Photosensitive Resin Composition) The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyimides and polybenzoxazoles (hereinafter also referred to as "specific resins"), an organometallic complex, and a sensitizer having a condensed ring structure.
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物用於形成供於曝光及顯影中之感光膜為較佳,用於形成供於曝光及使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影中之膜為較佳。 作為上述曝光的方法、上述顯影液及上述顯影的方法,例如,可使用在後述圖案的製造方法的說明中的曝光製程中說明之曝光方法、在顯影製程中說明之顯影液及顯影方法。The photosensitive resin composition of this invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film for exposure and development, and preferably to form a film for exposure and development using a developing solution containing an organic solvent. As for the above-described exposure method, the above-described developing solution, and the above-described developing method, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure process of the manufacturing method in the following figures, and the developing solution and developing method described in the developing process can be used.
藉由本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,所獲得之圖案的解析度及耐藥品性優異。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不明確,但可推測如下。The photosensitive resin composition of this invention produces patterns with excellent resolution and drug resistance. The mechanism by which these effects are achieved is not yet clear, but can be hypothesized as follows.
例如,如在專利文獻1、專利文獻2等中所記載,在包含特定樹脂之感光性樹脂組成物中,以提高曝光靈敏度等為目的使用增感劑。 又,在專利文獻3中記載有如下內容:藉由在組成物中使用有機鈦化合物,耐藥品性得到提高。 在此,本發明人等進行深入研究之結果,發現了藉由在感光性樹脂組成物中同時使用有機金屬錯合物及具有縮合環結構之增感劑,所獲得之圖案的解析度得到提高。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不確定,但推測如下:藉由感光性樹脂組成物包含有機金屬錯合物及特定結構的增感劑,增感劑的電子狀態發生變化,例如藉由LUMO(Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital:最低未佔用分子軌域)減少而增感劑的靈敏度得到提高,藉此所獲得之圖案的解析度得到提高。認為這是因為,藉由有機金屬錯合物中包含之金屬部位與增感劑的相互作用,具有縮合環結構之增感劑的結構中的平面性提高的同時電子狀態發生變化。 進而,發現了藉由在感光性樹脂組成物中同時使用有機金屬錯合物和具有縮合環結構之增感劑,所獲得之圖案的耐藥品性得到提高。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不確定,但推測如下:特定樹脂與具有有機金屬錯合物及縮合環結構之增感劑在所獲得之圖案內相互作用,藉此耐藥品性得到提高。 藉由圖案的耐藥品性優異,例如,認為在由本發明的感光性樹脂組成物形成之圖案上進一步應用包含溶劑之其他感光性樹脂組成物來製成積層體時等,即使圖案與顯影液或其他感光性樹脂組成物接觸,亦可以抑制圖案的溶解。 又,根據本發明,例如,認為可獲得在二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)等極性溶劑、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液等鹼水溶液、稀硫酸水溶液、稀鹽酸水溶液等酸性水溶液、上述極性溶劑與上述鹼水溶液的混合液或上述極性溶劑與上述酸性水溶液的混合液中的溶解性得到抑制之耐藥品性優異之圖案。 進而,由於藉由提高上述平面性而減少LUMO等,由本發明的感光性樹脂組成物形成之感光膜在進行使用光罩之曝光或基於雷射直接成像之曝光等曝光時,存在曝光靈敏度優異之傾向。For example, as described in Patent 1 and Patent 2, a sensitizer is used in a photosensitive resin composition containing a specific resin for the purpose of improving exposure sensitivity. Furthermore, Patent 3 describes how the use of an organotitanium compound in the composition improves drug resistance. In this case, the inventors, through in-depth research, discovered that by simultaneously using an organometallic complex and a sensitizer with a condensed ring structure in a photosensitive resin composition, the resolution of the obtained pattern is improved. The mechanism by which these effects are achieved is not yet fully understood, but it is hypothesized as follows: By including organometallic complexes and sensitizers with specific structures in the photosensitive resin composition, the electronic state of the sensitizer changes. For example, the sensitivity of the sensitizer is increased by reducing the LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital), thereby improving the resolution of the obtained pattern. This is believed to be because the interaction between the metal sites contained in the organometallic complexes and the sensitizer, along with the increased planarity of the condensed ring structure of the sensitizer, simultaneously alters its electronic state. Furthermore, it was discovered that by simultaneously using an organometallic complex and a sensitizer with a condensed ring structure in the photosensitive resin composition, the drug resistance of the obtained pattern was improved. The mechanism by which this effect is achieved is not yet clear, but it is hypothesized that specific resins interact with both the organometallic complex and the sensitizer with the condensed ring structure within the obtained pattern, thereby enhancing drug resistance. Due to the excellent chemical resistance of the pattern, for example, when further applying other photosensitive resin compositions containing solvents to form a laminate on a pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition of this invention, the dissolution of the pattern can be inhibited even when the pattern comes into contact with the developer or other photosensitive resin compositions. Furthermore, according to the present invention, for example, it is believed that a pattern exhibiting excellent drug resistance can be obtained by suppressing solubility in polar solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), alkaline aqueous solutions such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution, acidic aqueous solutions such as dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution and dilute hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, mixtures of the above-mentioned polar solvents and alkaline aqueous solutions, or mixtures of the above-mentioned polar solvents and acidic aqueous solutions. Furthermore, since the planarity is improved and LUMO and other properties are reduced, the photosensitive film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention tends to exhibit excellent exposure sensitivity when exposed using a photomask or when exposed based on direct laser imaging.
以下,對本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中包含之成分進行詳細說明。The following is a detailed description of the components contained in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention.
<特定樹脂> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之群組中之至少1種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 作為特定樹脂,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為更佳。 又,特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團為較佳。 特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基團時,感光性樹脂組成物包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳,包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑且包含後述自由基交聯劑為更佳,包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為感光劑、包含後述自由基交聯劑且包含後述增感劑為進一步較佳。例如,由該種感光性樹脂組成物形成負型感光膜。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 特定樹脂具有酸分解性基時,感光性樹脂組成物包含光酸產生劑作為感光劑為較佳。例如,由該種感光性樹脂組成物形成化學增幅型亦即正型感光層或負型感光層。<Specific Resin> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, and polybenzoxazole precursor. As a specific resin, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises polyimide or a polyimide precursor, and more preferably, it comprises a polyimide precursor. Furthermore, it is preferable that the specific resin has free radical polymerizable groups. When a specific resin has free radical polymerizable groups, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition includes a photoradical polymerization initiator (described later) as a photosensitizer; it is even more preferable that it includes both the photoradical polymerization initiator and the free radical crosslinker (described later); and it is further preferable that it includes both the photoradical polymerization initiator and the free radical crosslinker (described later) as a photosensitizer and the sensitizer (described later). For example, a negative photosensitive film can be formed from such a photosensitive resin composition. Furthermore, the specific resin may have polar conversion groups such as acid-degrading groups. When a specific resin has acid-degrading groups, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition includes a photoacid generator as a photosensitizer. For example, such photosensitive resins can form chemically amplified, i.e., positive or negative photosensitive layers.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物並不特別限定其種類等,包含由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 式(2) [化學式1] 在式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價有機基團,R115 表示4價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polyimide Precursor] The type of polyimide precursor used in this invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to include repeating units represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2) [Chemical Formula 1] In equation (2), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms or NH atoms independently, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 represent hydrogen atoms or monovalent organic groups independently.
式(2)中的A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R111 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示包括直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、環狀的脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團為較佳,包括碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳之實施形態,可例示係由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基團的情況。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-、或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之基團。該等的較佳範圍如上所述。In formula (2), A1 and A2 independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, with an oxygen atom being preferred. In formula (2), R111 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of divalent organic groups include linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups, and aromatic groups. It is preferred to have linear or branched aliphatic groups with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or groups composed of combinations thereof. It is even more preferred to have groups containing aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, the case of a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be shown. In this group, Ar is an aromatic group independently, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be replaced by a fluorine atom, or a group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO2- , or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more of the above. The preferred ranges are as described above.
R111 由二胺衍生為較佳。作為在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中使用之二胺,可舉出直鏈或支鏈脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,包含碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀的脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或由該等組合構成之基團之二胺為較佳,包含由碳數6~20的芳香族基構成之基團之二胺為更佳。作為芳香族基的例子,可舉出下述芳香族基。R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of diamines used in the manufacture of polyimide precursors include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic, or aromatic diamines. Only one type of diamine may be used, or two or more types may be used. Specifically, diamines containing linear or branched aliphatic groups with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or groups composed of combinations thereof, are preferred; diamines containing groups composed of aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms are even more preferred. Examples of aromatic groups include the following aromatic groups.
[化學式2] 式中,A係單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -、-NHCO-或該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO2 -之基團為更佳,-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-C(CH3 )2 -為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical Formula 2] In the formula, A is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic hydrocarbons with 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, or a combination of -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO₂- , -NHCO-, or the like. A single bond or a group selected from alkyl groups with 1 to 3 carbon atoms that can be substituted by fluorine atoms, or a group selected from -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO₂- , is even more preferred. -CH₂- , -O-, -S-, -SO₂- , -C( CF₃ ) ₂- , or -C( CH₃ ) ₂- are further preferred. * indicates a bonding site with other structures.
作為二胺,具體而言可舉出選自1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-二胺基環戊烷或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷、1,3-二胺基環己烷或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-二胺基聯苯或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基二苯硫醚及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-二胺基枯烯及2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺及4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少1種二胺。As a diamine, specific examples include those selected from 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2-diaminocyclopentane or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, 1,3-diaminocyclohexane or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'- Dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophorone diamine; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl or 3,3'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane and 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide and 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone or 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2' -Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dimethoxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) phosphate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) phosphate, 4,4'-diamino-p-terphenyl, 4, 4’-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] guanidine, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] guanidine, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl] guanidine, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminodiphenyl guanidine, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene, 3,3’-diethyl-4,4’-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3’-dimethyl-4,4’ -Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)furan, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfonium, 3,3', 5,5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4-diaminocumene and 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanidine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminophen, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzoniline, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetrafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene The diamine selected from the following: 4,4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl sulfonium, 4,4'-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenyl sulfonium, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2',5,5',6,6'-hexafluorobitoluidine, and 4,4'-diaminotetraphenyl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, the diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中記載之在主鏈上具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Alternatively, the diamine having two or more alkyl diol units on the main chain as described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 may be preferred.
從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-、或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之基團。Ar係伸苯基為較佳,L係可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基係伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic membrane, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon of 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be substituted with a fluorine atom, or a group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO₂- , or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more of the above. It is preferable that Ar is an alkylene group, and it is preferable that L is an aliphatic hydrocarbon of 1 or 2 carbon atoms that can be substituted with a fluorine atom, or a group consisting of -O-, -CO-, -S-, or -SO₂- . It is preferable that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group here is an alkylene group.
從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 係由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之2價有機基團為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,由式(61)表示之2價有機基團為更佳。 式(51) [化學式3] 在式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價有機基團,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價有機基團,可舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代之烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式4] 在式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為賦予式(51)或(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可舉出2,2’-二甲對聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。From the perspective of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably represented by a divalent organic group as shown in formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the perspective of i-ray transmittance and availability, the divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (51), R50 to R57 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a monovalent organic group, and at least one of R50 to R57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of monovalent organic groups among R50 to R57 include unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and fluorinated alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms). [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are each independently a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl atom. Examples of diamine compounds endowed with the structure of formula (51) or (61) include 2,2'-dimethyl-p-benzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. One or more of these compounds may be used.
此外,亦能夠較佳地使用以下二胺。 [化學式5] In addition, the following diamines can also be used more effectively. [Formula 5]
式(2)中的R115 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,包含芳香環之4價有機基團為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基團為更佳。 在式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式6] 在式(5)中,R112 表示單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-、以及選自該等的組合之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -之群組中之2價基團為進一步較佳。In formula (2), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. A tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by formula (5) or formula (6) below is even more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents the bonding site with other structures. [Formula 6] In formula (5), R 112 represents a single bond or a group consisting of an aliphatic hydrocarbon of carbon number 1 to 10 that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2- and -NHCO-, and a combination thereof, preferably a single bond or a group consisting of an alkyl group of carbon number 1 to 3 that can be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2- , and even more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2- , -C(CF 3 ) 2- , -C(CH 3 ) 2- , -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2- .
具體而言,R115 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式7] 在式(O)中,R115 表示4價有機基團。R115 的較佳範圍的含義與式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 can include the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more may be used. It is preferred that the tetracarboxylic dianhydride be represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 7] In equation (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The meaning of the preferred range of R 115 is the same as that of R 115 in equation (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可舉出選自均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐及該等的碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include those selected from pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3’,4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3’,4,4’-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3’,4,4’-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3’,4,4’-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3’,4,4’-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2’,3,3’-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3’,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3’,4’-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4’-oxophthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane. Alkane dianhydrides, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydrides, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydrides, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydrides, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydrides, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and alkyl and alkoxy derivatives of the like having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
又,作為較佳例,亦可舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。As a better example, one could also cite the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598.
R111 和R115 中的至少1個具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferred that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , the residual group of a diaminophenol derivative can be cited.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個包含聚合性基團為較佳,兩者均包含聚合性基團為更佳。作為聚合性基團,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。作為聚合性基團的具體例,可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基團,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、由下述式(III)表示之基團等,由下述式(III)表示之基團為較佳。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. It is preferable that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains a polymerizable group, and it is even more preferable that both contain polymerizable groups. As a polymerizable group, it is a group capable of cross-linking reactions through the action of heat, free radicals, etc., and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable groups include groups having ethylene unsaturated bonds, alkoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, acetoxymethyl, epoxy, oxacyclobutyl, benzoxazolyl, block isocyanate, hydroxymethyl, and amino groups. As a free radical polymerizable group in polyimide precursors, etc., a group having an ethylene unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of groups having ethylene-like unsaturated bonds include vinyl, (methyl)allyl, and groups represented by the following formula (III), with groups represented by the following formula (III) being preferred.
[化學式8] [Chemical Formula 8]
在式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 在式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 在式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或聚伸烷氧基。 關於較佳之R201 的例子,可舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指伸烷氧基直接鍵結2個以上而成之基團。聚伸烷氧基中包含之複數個伸烷氧基的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 聚伸烷氧基包含伸烷基不同的複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為隨機排列,可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(伸烷基具有取代基時,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)係2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的乙烯氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a hydrogen atom being preferred. In formula (III), * indicates a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, or a polyalkylene group. Examples of preferred R 201 include ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butadiene, 1,3-butadiene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, dodecamethylene, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, and polyalkylene group. Ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, and polyalkylene group are more preferred, with polyalkylene group being even more preferred. In this invention, polyalkylene oxide refers to a group formed by the direct bonding of two or more alkylene oxides. The alkylene groups of the plurality of alkylene oxides contained in the polyalkylene oxide can be the same or different. When the polyalkylene oxide contains a plurality of alkylene oxides with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkylene oxides in the polyalkylene oxide can be random, block-shaped, or alternating. It is preferred that the number of carbon atoms in the aforementioned alkylene group (including the number of carbon atoms of the substituents when the alkylene group has substituents) is 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is even more preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the most preferred. Furthermore, the aforementioned alkylene group can have substituents. Examples of preferred substituents include alkyl, aryl, and halogen atoms. Furthermore, the number of alkoxy groups (the repetition number of the polyalkoxy group) in the polyalkoxy group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 6. From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyvinyloxy, polypropyleneoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethethyleneoxy, or groups bonded by a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of alkoxy groups are preferred as polyvinyloxy or polypropyleneoxy groups, with polyvinyloxy being even more preferred. In the groups formed by the bonding of a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of alkoxy groups, the ethyleneoxy and alkoxy groups can be arranged randomly, can form blocks, or can be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred state of the repetition number of the ethyleneoxy groups in these groups is as described above.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價有機基團。作為1價有機基團,可舉出對構成芳基之1個、2個或3個(較佳為1個)碳鍵結有酸基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可舉出具有酸基之苯基及具有酸基之苄基。酸基係OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 係氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦較佳。R 113 and R 114 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Examples of monovalent organic groups include aromatic groups and aralkyl groups with an acid group bonded to one, two, or three (preferably one) carbon atom constituting the aryl group. Specifically, examples include aromatic groups with 6 to 20 carbon atoms having an acid group, and aralkyl groups with 7 to 25 carbon atoms having an acid group. More specifically, examples include phenyl groups having an acid group and benzyl groups having an acid group. An OH group is preferred as the acid group. It is also preferred that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, 2-hydroxybenzyl, 3-hydroxybenzyl, or 4-hydroxybenzyl.
從在有機溶劑中的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 係1價有機基團為較佳。作為1價有機基團,包含直鏈或支鏈烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,被芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。作為直鏈或支鏈烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基、2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環的環狀烷基,亦可以為多環的環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀烷基,例如,可舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基(camphenyl)、十氫萘基、三環癸烷基、四環癸烷基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基(pinenyl)。其中,從兼顧高靈敏度化的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為被芳香族基取代之烷基,被後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代之苯環、萘環、戊搭烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環 、吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、萘啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻蒽環、色烯環、𠮿口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the perspective of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 being monovalent organic groups is preferred. As a monovalent organic group, it is preferable to include straight-chain or branched alkyl groups, cyclic alkyl groups, or aromatic groups, with alkyl groups substituted with aromatic groups being even more preferred. It is preferable that the alkyl group has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group can be any of straight-chain, branched, or cyclic. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, dibutyl, tributyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy. Cyclic alkyl groups can be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of monocyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norcamphenyl, camphenyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, camphenyl, dicyclohexyl, and pinenyl. Among these, cyclohexyl is the most suitable from the perspective of achieving both high sensitivity. Furthermore, as for alkyl groups substituted with aromatic groups, straight-chain alkyl groups substituted with aromatic groups (described later) are preferred. As an aromatic group, specifically, it refers to substituted or unsubstituted benzene rings, naphthyl rings, pentanene rings, indene rings, azulene rings, heptanene rings, indene rings, perylene rings, fused pentaphenyl rings, acenaphthene rings, phenanthrene rings, anthracene rings, fused tetraphenyl rings, cyclopentadiene rings, triphenylene rings, fumonisin rings, biphenyl rings, pyrrole rings, furan rings, thiophene rings, imidazole rings, azirazole rings, thiazole rings, pyridine rings, and pyridine rings. The following rings are available: pyrimidine ring, pyridinium ring, indole ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinoline ring, quinoline ring, pyridinium ring, naphthidine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, caffeine ring, acridine ring, caffeine ring, thiathrone ring, chromene ring, pyridinium ring, caffeine-thiazoline ring, or caffeine-pyridinium ring. Benzene rings are preferred.
在式(2)中,在R113 係氫原子的情況或R114 係氫原子的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹽。作為具有該種乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可舉出N,N-二甲基胺丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。In formula (2), if R 113 is a hydrogen atom or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugated salt with a tertiary amine compound having ethylene unsaturated bonds. N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate is an example of a tertiary amine compound having such ethylene unsaturated bonds.
R113 及R114 中的至少1個可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要藉由酸的作用分解並產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基,則並沒有特別限定,縮醛基、縮酮基、矽基、矽基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可舉出三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基矽基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基矽基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。At least one of R 113 and R 114 can be a polar conversion group such as an acid-degradable group. As an acid-degradable group, it is not particularly limited as long as it decomposes under the action of an acid to produce an alkaline-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. Acetaldehyde, ketaldehyde, silicone, silicone ether, and tertiary alkyl ester groups are preferred, with acetal being more desirable from the perspective of exposure sensitivity. Specific examples of acid-degradable groups include tertiary butoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, trimethylsilyl, tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl, and trimethyl silicone ether. From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuranyl are preferred.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。氟原子在聚醯亞胺前驅物中的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, it is preferable that the polyimide precursor contains fluorine atoms in its structural units. It is preferable that the content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide precursor is 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。Furthermore, to improve adhesion to the substrate, polyimide precursors can be copolymerized with aliphatic groups having a silicate structure. Specifically, examples of diamine components include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
由式(2)表示之重複單元係由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少1種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為該種結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的幅度。 式(2-A) [化學式9] 在式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價有機基團,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R113 及R114 中的至少1個為包含聚合性基團之基團,兩者均為聚合性基團為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably the repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, it is preferable that at least one of the polyimide precursors used in this invention is a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By adopting this structure, the exposure tolerance can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 represent divalent organic groups independently, R113 and R114 represent hydrogen atoms or monovalent organic groups independently, and at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing polymerizable groups, preferably both of which are polymerizable groups.
A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 的含義與式(5)中的R112 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。The meanings of A1 , A2 , R111 , R113 , and R114 are the same as those of A1 , A2 , R111 , R113 , and R114 in equation (2), and their preferred ranges are also the same. The meaning of R112 is the same as that of R112 in equation (5), and its preferred range is also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含1種由式(2)表示之重複結構單元,亦可以包含2種以上。又,可以包含由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,除上述式(2)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺前驅物顯然可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。Polyimide precursors may contain one or more repeating structural units represented by formula (2). They may also contain structural isomers of repeating units represented by formula (2). Furthermore, in addition to the repeating units of formula (2) above, polyimide precursors may obviously contain other types of repeating structural units.
作為本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可例示總重複單元的50莫耳%以上,進而為70莫耳%以上,尤其90莫耳%以上為由式(2)表示之重複單元之聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, it can be exemplified that the polyimide precursor of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and especially 90 mol% or more of the total repeating unit.
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度係藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量算出之值。The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and even more preferably 22,000 to 25,000. Furthermore, the number-average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and even more preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the above-mentioned polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or higher, more preferably 2.7 or higher, and even more preferably 2.8 or higher. There is no particular upper limit to the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor. For example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is better, 3.8 or less is even better, 3.2 or less is even better, 3.1 or less is even better, 3.0 or less is still even better, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is calculated using the weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight.
〔聚醯亞胺〕 用於本發明之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液中之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺表示在100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液中,在23℃下溶解0.1g以上的聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上的聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上的聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並沒有特別限定,100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺係在主鏈具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示除其以外的鍵結鏈。[Polyimide] The polyimide used in this invention can be an alkaline-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developing solution primarily composed of an organic solvent. In this specification, alkaline-soluble polyimide means that at least 0.1 g of polyimide can be dissolved in 100 g of a 2.38% (w/w) tetramethylammonium aqueous solution at 23°C. From a pattern-forming point of view, dissolving at least 0.5 g of polyimide is preferred, and dissolving at least 1.0 g of polyimide is further preferred. There is no particular upper limit to the above-mentioned dissolution amount, but less than 100 g is preferred. Furthermore, considering the strength and insulation properties of the obtained organic membrane, polyimides with multiple amide structures in the main chain are preferred. In this specification, "main chain" refers to the relatively longest bond in the polymer molecule constituting the resin, and "side chain" refers to all other bond chains.
-氟原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之氟原子的量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine Atoms- From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained organic membrane, it is preferable that the polyimide contains fluorine atoms. It is preferable that the fluorine atoms are contained, for example, in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and it is even more preferable that they are contained as fluorinated alkyl groups in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. It is preferable that the amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is 1 to 50 mol/g, and even more preferable that it is 5 to 30 mol/g.
-矽原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為後述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構可以包含在聚醯亞胺的側鏈,但包含在聚醯亞胺的主鏈為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之矽原子的量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that polyimide contains silicon atoms. It is preferable that the silicon atoms are included, for example, in R 131 , a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and even more preferably, in R 131 , a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure. Furthermore, the aforementioned silicon atoms or the aforementioned organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may be included in the side chain of polyimide, but it is preferable that they are included in the main chain of polyimide. It is preferable that the amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of polyimide is 0.01 to 5 mol/g, and even more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol/g.
-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,在側鏈具有為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等具有直接鍵結於芳香環之可以被取代的乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(IV)表示之基團等。-Ethylene Unsaturated Bonds- From the perspective of the strength of the obtained organic membrane, it is preferable that polyimide has ethylene unsaturated bonds. Polyimide can have ethylene unsaturated bonds at the main chain end or in the side chain, with the latter being preferred. The aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds are preferably free radical polymerizable. It is preferable that the ethylene unsaturated bond is contained in R132 or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and it is even more preferable that the group having the ethylene unsaturated bond is contained in R132 or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the following formula (4). Among these, it is preferable that the ethylene unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and it is even more preferable that the group having the ethylene unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the following formula (4). Examples of groups having ethylene-like unsaturated bonds include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl and other substituted vinyl groups that are directly bonded to the aromatic ring, (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acryloxy and groups represented by the following formula (IV).
[化學式10] [Chemical Formula 10]
在式(IV)中,R20 表示氫原子或甲基,甲基為較佳。In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with methyl being preferred.
在式(IV)中,R21 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數係2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團。In formula (IV), R 21 represents an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -, -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and especially preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms; preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and especially preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a group consisting of two or more of these.
該等之中,R21 係由下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任1個表示之基團為較佳,由式(R1)表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式11] 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或將該等鍵結2個以上而成之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 在式(R1)~(R3)中,L中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與上述R21 中的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 在式(R1)中,X係氧原子為較佳。 式(R1)~(R3)中,*的含義與式(IV)中的*相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 由式(R1)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R2)表示之結構例如可藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 由式(R3)表示之結構例如可藉由使酚性羥基等具有羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有環氧丙基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯等)進行反應來獲得。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚乙烯氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結之基團為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團中,乙烯氧基和伸丙氧基可無規排列,可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中的乙烯氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。Of these, it is preferable that R21 is represented by any one of the groups in formulas (R1) to (R3), with the group represented by formula (R1) being more preferred. [Chemical Formula 11] In formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond or a alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group formed by bonding two or more of these bonds; X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom; * represents a bonding site with other structures; and ● represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom bonded to R 201 in formula (III). In formulas (R1) to (R3), the preferred state of the alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in L is the same as the preferred state of the alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R 21 above. In formula (R1), it is preferred that X is an oxygen atom. In formulas (R1) to (R3), the meaning of * is the same as that of * in formula (IV), and the preferred state is also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide with a hydroxyl group, such as a phenolic hydroxyl group, with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylene-unsaturated bond (e.g., ethyl 2-isocyanate methacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R2) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide with a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylene-unsaturated bond (e.g., ethyl 2-hydroxymethacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide with a hydroxyl group, such as a phenolic hydroxyl group, with a compound having an epoxypropyl group and an ethylene-unsaturated bond (e.g., glyoxypropyl methacrylate). From the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyvinyloxy, polypropyleneoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethethyleneoxy, or groups bonded by a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups are preferred as polyvinyloxy groups, with polyvinyloxy or polypropyleneoxy being more preferred, and polyvinyloxy being even more preferred. In the aforementioned groups formed by the bonding of a plurality of ethyleneoxy and propoxy groups, the ethyleneoxy and propoxy groups can be arranged randomly, can form blocks, or can be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred state of the repetition of the ethyleneoxy groups in these groups is as described above.
在式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,係與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * indicates a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with the polyimide backbone.
相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。 又,從製造適性的觀點考慮,相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.0005~0.05mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylene unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.05–10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1–5 mol/g. Furthermore, from a manufacturing suitability perspective, the amount of ethylene unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.0001–0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.0005–0.05 mol/g.
-除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團。 作為除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團例如包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團的量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。又,從製造適性的觀點考慮,相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之除乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基團的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.001~0.05mol/g為更佳。- Crosslinking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds - Polyimide may have crosslinking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds. Examples of crosslinking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy and oxocyclobutyl, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, etc. Crosslinking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds are preferably included, for example, in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of crosslinking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g. Furthermore, from the perspective of manufacturing suitability, the amount of cross-linking groups other than ethylene unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and even more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g.
-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中的酸分解性基與在上述式(2)的R113 及R114 中說明的酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Polar switching group- Polyimide can have polar switching groups such as acid-degrading groups. The acid-degrading groups in polyimide are the same as those described in R 113 and R 114 of the above formula (2), and the preferred state is also the same.
-酸值- 將聚醯亞胺用於鹼顯影時,從提高顯影性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在使用以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述“溶劑顯影”)中使用聚醯亞胺時,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法測定,例如,藉由記載於JIS K 0070:1992中的方法測定。 又,作為包含在聚醯亞胺中的酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性的觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa係考慮由酸釋放氫離子之解離反應並藉由其負的常用對數pKa表示其平衡常數Ka者。在本說明書中,只要沒有特別說明,則將pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)之計算值。或者,可以參考日本化學會編“改訂5版 化學便覽 基礎篇”中記載之值。 又,酸基例如為磷酸等多元酸的情況下,上述pKa係第一解離常數。 作為該種酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基之群組中之至少1種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid Value- When using polyimide in alkaline developing, from the viewpoint of improving developing properties, an acid value of 30 mg KOH/g or higher is preferred, 50 mg KOH/g or higher is more preferred, and 70 mg KOH/g or higher is even more preferred. Furthermore, an acid value of 500 mg KOH/g or lower is preferred, 400 mg KOH/g or lower is more preferred, and 200 mg KOH/g or lower is even more preferred. Furthermore, when using polyimide in developing solutions with organic solvents as the main component (e.g., "solvent developing" described below), an acid value of 2–35 mg KOH/g is preferred, 3–30 mg KOH/g is more preferred, and 5–20 mg KOH/g is even more preferred. The acid values mentioned above are determined by well-known methods, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992. Furthermore, considering both stability and development, acid groups contained in polyimide with pKa values of 0 to 10 are preferred, and those with pKa values of 3 to 8 are even better. pKa is the equilibrium constant Ka expressed by the negative common logarithm pKa, taking into account the dissociation reaction of hydrogen ions released by the acid. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, pKa is set to a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). Alternatively, the values described in the "5th Revised Edition of Chemical Handbook: Fundamentals" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan can be consulted. Furthermore, when the acid group is a polybasic acid such as phosphoric acid, the above-mentioned pKa is the first dissociation constant. As such an acid group, it is preferable that the polyimide contains at least one group selected from the group consisting of carboxyl and phenolic hydroxyl groups, and it is even more preferable that it contains phenolic hydroxyl groups.
-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度適當的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含在由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R132 或由後述式(4)表示之重複單元中的R131 為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之酚性羥基的量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。-Phenolic hydroxyl group- From the viewpoint of achieving an appropriate development speed for alkaline-based developing solutions, it is preferable that polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. Polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or on the side chain. It is preferable that the phenolic hydroxyl group is included, for example, in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. It is preferable that the amount of phenolic hydroxyl group relative to the total mass of polyimide is 0.1 to 30 mol/g, and more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g.
作為在本發明中使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,包含由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳,包含由式(4)表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式12] 在式(4)中,R131 表示2價有機基團,R132 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團時,聚合性基團可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式13] 式(4-1)中,R133 係聚合性基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。 式(4-2) [化學式14] R134 及R135 中的至少1個為聚合性基團,不是聚合性基團的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(4)相同。The polyimide used in this invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymeric compound having an imine ring. It is preferred to contain a repeating unit represented by formula (4) below, and even more preferred to contain a repeating unit represented by formula (4) and have polymerizable groups. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 12] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When polymerizable groups are present, the polymerizable groups can be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , or they can be located at the end of the polyimide as shown in formula (4-1) or formula (4-2) below. Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 13] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the meanings of the other groups are the same as in formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical Formula 14] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymeric group, and if it is not a polymeric group, it is an organic group. The meanings of the other groups are the same as in equation (4).
聚合性基團的含義與在上述之聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明之聚合性基團相同。 R131 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可舉出去除二胺的胺基後殘留之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The meaning of polymerizable groups is the same as that of polymerizable groups described in the above-mentioned polyimide precursors, etc. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, examples can be the same as R 111 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. Furthermore, as R 131 , the diamine residue remaining after the amino group of the diamine is removed can be given. As a diamine, aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines can be given. As a specific example, the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be given.
從燒成時更有效地抑制產生翹曲的觀點考慮,R131 係在主鏈具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在一分子中共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任1個或兩者之二胺殘基,進一步較佳為不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。From the perspective of more effectively suppressing warping during firing, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkyl diol units in the main chain. More preferably, it contains a total of two or more diamine residues of any one or both of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol chains in one molecule, and even more preferably, it does not contain diamine residues of aromatic rings.
作為共計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任1個或兩者之二胺,可舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,Huntsman Corporation製)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。Examples of diamines comprising one or more of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol chains include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, D-4000 (trade names, manufactured by Huntsman Corporation), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propane-2-amine, 1-(1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propane-2-yl)oxy)propane-2-amine, but are not limited to these.
R132 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可例示與式(2)中的R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-的部分鍵結而形成縮合環。R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, it can be exemplified as the same as R 115 in equation (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, the four connecting bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 are partially bonded to the four -C (=O)- in the above equation (4) to form a condensation ring.
又,R132 可舉出從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從有機膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 係具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。Furthermore, R 132 can be exemplified by the tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the removal of the anhydride group from a tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride. As a specific example, R 115 in formula (2) of a polyimide precursor can be cited. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic membrane, R 132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
在R131 和R132 中的至少1個上具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,可舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述(DA-1)~(DA-18)作為較佳例,作為R132 ,可舉出上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為更佳例。It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and (DA-1) to (DA-18) above are preferred examples, and as R 132 , (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) above are more preferred examples.
又,聚醯亞胺在結構單元中具有氟原子亦較佳。氟原子在聚醯亞胺中的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, it is preferable that the polyimide contains fluorine atoms in its structural units. It is preferable that the content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is 10% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。Furthermore, to improve adhesion to the substrate, polyimide can be copolymerized with aliphatic groups having a silicate structure. Specifically, examples of diamine components include bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane and bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane.
又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,將聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封為較佳。該等之中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。Furthermore, in order to improve the storage stability of the composition, it is preferable to seal the main chain end of the polyimide with end-capping agents such as monoamines, acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monochlorodimethylamine compounds, and monoactive ester compounds. Among these, the use of monoamines is preferred. Preferred compounds for monoamines include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, and 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene. -Aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminobenzenethiophenol, 3-aminobenzenethiophenol, 4-aminobenzenethiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, or multiple different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents.
-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並沒有特別限定,100%以下即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出源自醯亞胺結構的吸收峰亦即1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰強度P2。利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,根據下述式,能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100-Lipidification Rate (Ring-Closing Rate)- Considering the strength and insulation properties of the obtained organic membrane, a lipidification rate (also known as "ring-closing rate") of 70% or higher for polyimide is preferred, 80% or higher is even better, and 90% or higher is still preferable. There is no specific upper limit to the above lipidification rate; below 100% is acceptable. For example, the lipidification rate can be determined using the following method: Measure the infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide and determine the peak intensity P1 near the absorption peak originating from the lipid structure, i.e., around 1377 cm⁻¹ . Then, after heat-treating the polyimide at 350°C for 1 hour, measure the infrared absorption spectrum again and determine the peak intensity P2 near 1377 cm⁻¹ . Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the amide ratio of polyimide can be calculated according to the following formula: Imidization ratio (%) = (peak intensity P1 / peak intensity P2) × 100
聚醯亞胺可以包括全部包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,除上述式(4)的重複單元以外,聚醯亞胺亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。Polyimide may include all repeating structural units of formula (4) above containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating units of formula (4) above containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to repeating units of formula (4) above, polyimide may also contain other types of repeating structural units.
聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用低溫中使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法、低溫中使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物亦即封端劑)與二胺化合物反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後在二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)和縮合劑的存在下使其反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯之後使剩餘的二羧酸醯氯化並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺亦即封端劑)反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,將其用習知之醯亞胺化反應法並利用完全醯亞胺化之方法或中途停止醯亞胺化反應並導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法,進而藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物及其聚醯亞胺前驅物來導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法來合成。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可例示Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Corporation製)、Matrimide5218(Huntsman Corporation製)。Polyimides can be produced, for example, by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides with diamine compounds (partially replaced by monoamines, i.e., end-capping agents) at low temperatures; by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides (partially replaced by acid anhydrides, monochloro compounds, or monoactive ester compounds, i.e., end-capping agents) with diamine compounds at low temperatures; by obtaining diesters from tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and alcohols and then reacting them in the presence of diamines (partially replaced by monoamines, i.e., end-capping agents) and condensing agents; and by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydrides with diamines. Polyimide precursors are obtained by methods such as obtaining diesters from dianhydrides and alcohols, chlorinating the remaining dicarboxylic acid, and reacting it with a diamine (partially replacing a monoamine, i.e., a capping agent). These precursors are then synthesized using conventional amideration reactions, employing either complete amideration or a method that stops the amideration reaction midway and introduces a partial amider structure. Further synthesis is achieved by mixing the fully amiderated polymer with its polyimide precursor to introduce a partial amider structure. Commercially available polyimides include Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by Huntsman Corporation).
關於聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw),可舉出4,000~100,000,5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上聚醯亞胺時,至少1種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。Regarding the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of polyimides, 4,000–100,000, 5,000–70,000 are preferred, 8,000–50,000 are more preferred, and 10,000–30,000 are even more preferred. By setting the weight-average molecular weight to 5,000 or higher, the flexural strength of the cured film can be improved. For organic films with excellent mechanical properties, a weight-average molecular weight of 20,000 or higher is particularly preferred. Furthermore, when two or more polyimides are contained, it is preferable that at least one polyimide has a weight-average molecular weight within the above range.
〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 在本發明中使用之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,對其結構等並沒有特別限定,較佳為包含由下述式(3)表示之重複單元。 式(3) [化學式15] 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團,R122 表示4價有機基團,R123 及R124 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團。[Polybenzoxazole precursor] The polybenzoxazole precursor used in this invention is not particularly limited in its structure, but preferably contains repeating units represented by the following formula (3). Formula (3) [Chemical Formula 15] In equation (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group, R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R 123 and R 124 represent hydrogen atoms or monovalent organic groups, respectively.
在式(3)中,R123 及R124 的含義分別與式(2)中的R113 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少1個為聚合性基團為較佳。 在式(3)中,R121 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少1個基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R121 係二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。In formula (3), the meanings of R 123 and R 124 are the same as those of R 113 in formula (2), and the preferred ranges are also the same. That is, it is preferred that at least one is a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As a divalent organic group, it is preferred that it includes at least one group of aliphatic and aromatic groups. As an aliphatic group, a linear aliphatic group is preferred. It is preferred that R 121 is a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one type of dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more types may be used.
作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,由直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基的碳數為2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為更進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈脂肪族基係伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈脂肪族基之二羧酸,可舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二-正丁基丙二酸、琥珀酸、四氟琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、2,2-二甲基琥珀酸、2,3-二甲基琥珀酸、二甲基甲基琥珀酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二乙二醇酸、進而由下述式表示之二羧酸等。As a dicarboxylic acid residue, dicarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are preferred, with dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups being more preferred. As a dicarboxylic acid containing an aliphatic group, dicarboxylic acids containing straight-chain or branched (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acids composed of a straight-chain or branched (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic group and two -COOH groups are more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the straight-chain or branched (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic group is preferably 2-30, more preferably 2-25, further preferably 3-20, even more preferably 4-15, and particularly preferably 5-10. The straight-chain aliphatic group is preferably an alkyl group. Examples of dicarboxylic acids containing a linear aliphatic group include malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, and 2,2,6,6-tetramethylhimelic acid. Diacid, suberic acid, dodecanedioic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid , behenedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexacosanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, diethylene glycol acid, and dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula, etc.
[化學式16] (式中,Z係碳數1~6的烴基,n係1~6的整數。)[Chemical Formula 16] (In the formula, Z represents an hydrocarbon with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6.)
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,具有以下芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,僅由以下芳香族基和2個-COOH構成之二羧酸為更佳。As a dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group, a dicarboxylic acid having the following aromatic group is preferred, and a dicarboxylic acid consisting only of the following aromatic group and 2 -COOH groups is even more preferred.
[化學式17] 式中,A表示選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF3 )2 -及-C(CH3 )2 -之群組中之2價基團,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical Formula 17] In the formula, A represents a divalent group selected from the group including -CH2- , -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -CO-, -NHCO-, -C( CF3 ) 2- and -C( CH3 ) 2- , and * represents the bonding site with other structures independently.
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、對苯二甲酸。Specific examples of dicarboxylic acids containing aromatic groups include 4,4'-carbonyl dibenzoic acid and 4,4'-dicarboxylic diphenyl ether and terephthalic acid.
在式(3)中,R122 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,含義與上述式(2)中的R115 相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,R122 係源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團為較佳,作為源自雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如,可舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯基、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯基、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯基碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯基碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可以單獨使用或混合使用。In equation (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, its meaning is the same as that of R 115 in equation (2) above, and the preferred range is also the same. Furthermore, R... Group 122 is preferably derived from a diaminophenol derivative. Examples of groups derived from diaminophenol derivatives include 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl phosphate, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl phosphate, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and 2,2-bis... -(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. These diaminophenols can be used alone or in combination.
在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,具有下述芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among diaminophenol derivatives, those having the following aromatic groups are preferred.
[化學式18] 式中,X1 表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF3 )2 -、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、-NHCO-,*及#分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。R表示氫原子或1價取代基,氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。又,R122 係由上述式表示之結構亦較佳。R122 係由上述式表示之結構時,共計4個*及#中,任意2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且另2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為較佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位或2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為更佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位為進一步較佳。[Chemical Formula 18] In the formula, X1 represents -O-, -S-, -C( CF3 ) 2- , -CH2- , -SO2- , and -NHCO-, and * and # represent the bonding sites with other structures, respectively. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, with hydrogen atom or alkyl group being preferred, and hydrogen atom or alkyl group being even more preferred. Furthermore, R122 is also preferred as the structure represented by the above formula. When R 122 is represented by the above formula, it is preferable that any two of the four asterisks and # are bonded to nitrogen atoms in R 122 in formula (3) and the other two are bonded to oxygen atoms in R 122 in formula (3). It is even better that two asterisks are bonded to oxygen atoms in R 122 in formula (3) and two # are bonded to nitrogen atoms in R 122 in formula (3), or two asterisks are bonded to nitrogen atoms in R 122 in formula (3) and two # are bonded to oxygen atoms in R 122 in formula (3). The bonding sites of the oxygen atoms bonded by 122 and the two # are more preferably the bonding sites of the nitrogen atoms bonded by R in equation (3).
[化學式19] [Chemical Formula 19]
在式(A-s)中,R1 係氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或選自下述式(A-sc)的群組中之有機基團。R2 係氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任1個,可以相同,亦可以不同。R3 係氫原子、直鏈或支鏈烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任1個,可以相同,亦可以不同。In formula (As), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, -O-, -S-, -SO₂- , -CO-, -NHCO-, a single bond, or an organic group selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (A-sc). R2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acetoxy group, or a cyclic alkyl group, which may be the same or different. R3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a straight-chain or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acetoxy group, or a cyclic alkyl group, which may be the same or different.
[化學式20] (在式(A-sc)中,*表示鍵結於由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環。)[Chemical Formula 20] (In formula (A-sc), * indicates an aromatic ring bonded to the aminophenol group of the diaminophenol derivative represented by formula (As) above.)
認為在上述式(A-s)中,在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R3 亦具有取代基這一情況會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更接近,並且從低溫下硬化時具有高環化率之效果進一步提高的觀點考慮,尤其較佳。It is believed that in the above formula (As), the presence of a substituent at the position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group, i.e., at R3, would bring the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond closer to the hydroxyl group, and would be particularly advantageous from the perspective of further improving the effect of high cyclization rate when hardened at low temperature.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R2 係烷基且R3 係烷基的情況下能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化率變高的效果,因此較佳。Furthermore, in the above formula (As), the case where R2 is an alkyl group and R3 is an alkyl group can maintain the effect of high transparency to i-rays and the effect of increasing cyclization rate when hardening at low temperature, which is therefore better.
又,在上述式(A-s)中,R1 係伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為R1 相關之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可舉出碳數1~8的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,其中,從維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時環化率高之效果的同時在溶劑中具有充分的溶解性且能夠獲得平衡優異之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的觀點考慮,-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -為更佳。Furthermore, in the above formula (As), it is even more preferable that R1 is an alkylene group or a substituted alkylene group. As specific examples of alkylene groups and substituted alkylene groups related to R1 , linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms can be cited. Among them, from the viewpoint of maintaining high transparency to i-rays and high cyclization rate when curing at low temperatures, while having sufficient solubility in solvents and being able to obtain a polybenzoxazole precursor with excellent balance, -CH2- , -CH( CH3 )-, and -C( CH3 ) 2- are more preferred.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如,能夠參考日本特開2013-256506號公報的0085~0094段及實施例1(0189~0190段),該等內容編入本說明書中。As a method for manufacturing the diaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190) of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-256506, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
作為由上述式(A-s)表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的0070~0080段中記載的內容,該等內容編入本說明書中。當然並不限於該等。As a specific example of the structure of a diaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), the contents described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-256506 are provided, and such contents are incorporated in this specification. Of course, it is not limited to such examples.
除上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。 從能夠抑制伴隨閉環產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,包含由下述式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元為較佳。In addition to the repeating unit of formula (3) above, polybenzoxazole precursors may also contain other types of repeating structural units. From the viewpoint of suppressing warping associated with ring closure, it is preferable to include a diamine residue represented by formula (SL) as another type of repeating structural unit.
[化學式21] 在式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R1s 係氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R2s 係碳數1~10的烴基,R3s 、R4s 、R5s 、R6s 中的至少1個為芳香族基,剩餘部分為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團且分別可以相同,亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合或隨機聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構為5~95莫耳%,b結構為95~5莫耳%,a+b為100莫耳%。[Chemical Formula 21] In formula (SL), Z has an a-structure and a b-structure. R1s is a hydrogen atom or an hydrocarbon with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R2s is an hydrocarbon with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of R3s , R4s , R5s , and R6s is an aromatic group, and the remaining part is a hydrogen atom or an organic group with 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. The polymerization of the a-structure and the b-structure can be block polymerization or random polymerization. Regarding the molar percentage of the Z part, the a-structure is 5 to 95 molars, the b-structure is 95 to 5 molars, and a+b is 100 molars.
在式(SL)中,作為較佳之Z,可舉出b結構中的R5s 及R6s 為苯基者。又,由式(SL)表示之結構的分子量為400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設為上述範圍,能夠更有效地降低聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的脫水閉環後的彈性模數,並能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。In formula (SL), Z is preferably represented by R5s and R6s being phenyl groups. Furthermore, the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400–4,000, and more preferably 500–3,000. By setting the molecular weight within the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration and ring closure can be reduced more effectively, while simultaneously achieving both anti-buckling and improved solvent solubility.
包含由式(SL)表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複結構單元時,進一步包含從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘留之四羧酸殘基作為重複結構單元亦較佳。作為該種四羧酸殘基的例子,可舉出式(2)中的R115 的例子。When a diamine residue represented by formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating structural unit, it is also preferable to further include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the removal of the anhydride group from the tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride as a repeating structural unit. As an example of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue, R 115 in formula (2) can be cited.
例如,在用於後述組成物中時,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並沒有特別限定,例如,2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為進一步較佳,2.2以下為更進一步較佳。For example, when used in the compositions described later, the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and even more preferably 22,000 to 28,000. Furthermore, the number-average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and even more preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the above-mentioned polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or higher, more preferably 1.5 or higher, and even more preferably 1.6 or higher. There is no particular upper limit to the molecular weight dispersion of polybenzo[a]azole precursors. For example, 2.6 or less is preferred, 2.5 or less is better, 2.4 or less is even better, 2.3 or less is even better, and 2.2 or less is even better.
〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,只要為具有苯并㗁唑環之高分子化合物,則並沒有特別限定,由下述式(X)表示之化合物為較佳,由下述式(X)表示且具有聚合性基團之化合物為更佳。作為上述聚合性基團,自由基聚合性基團為較佳。又,可以為由下述式(X)表示且具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之化合物。 [化學式22] 在式(X)中,R133 表示2價有機基團,R134 表示4價有機基團。 具有聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基時,聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基可以位於R133 及R134 中的至少1個上,亦可以如下述式(X-1)或式(X-2)所示位於聚苯并㗁唑的末端。 式(X-1) [化學式23] 在式(X-1)中,R135 及R136 中的至少1個為聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,不是聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的情況下為有機基團,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。 式(X-2) [化學式24] 在式(X-2)中,R137 係聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,其餘為取代基,其他基團的含義與式(X)相同。[Polybenzoxazole] As for polybenzoxazole, there is no particular limitation as long as it is a polymeric compound having a benzoxazole ring. Compounds represented by formula (X) are preferred, and compounds represented by formula (X) and having polymerizable groups are even more preferred. As for the polymerizable groups, free radical polymerizable groups are preferred. Furthermore, compounds represented by formula (X) and having polar conversion groups such as acid-decomposing groups can also be used. [Chemical Formula 22] In formula (X), R 133 represents a divalent organic group, and R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. When a polymerizable or acid-degradable polar conversion group is present, the polymerizable or acid-degradable polar conversion group may be located on at least one of R 133 and R 134 , or it may be located at the end of the polybenzoxazole as shown in formula (X-1) or formula (X-2) below. Formula (X-1) [Chemical Formula 23] In formula (X-1), at least one of R135 and R136 is a polymerizable group or an acid-degradable polar conversion group, or an organic group if it is not a polymerizable group or an acid-degradable polar conversion group. The meanings of the other groups are the same as in formula (X). Formula (X-2) [Chemical Formula 24] In formula (X-2), R 137 is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-degradable group, and the rest are substituents. The meanings of other groups are the same as in formula (X).
聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基的含義與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基團中說明的聚合性基團或酸分解性基等極性轉換基相同。The meaning of polar conversion groups such as polymerizable groups or acid-degradable groups is the same as that of polar conversion groups such as polymerizable groups or acid-degradable groups described in the polymerizable groups of the above-mentioned polyimide precursors.
R133 表示2價有機基團。作為2價有機基團,可舉出脂肪族基或芳香族基。作為具體例,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R121 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R121 相同。R 133 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of divalent organic groups include aliphatic or aromatic groups. As a specific example, R 121 in formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be given. Furthermore, the meaning of the preferred example is the same as that of R 121 .
R134 表示4價有機基團。作為4價有機基團,可舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R122 的例子。又,其較佳例的含義與R122 相同。 例如,作為R122 例示之4價有機基團的4個連接鍵與上述式(X)中的氮原子、氧原子鍵結而形成縮合環。例如,R134 係下述有機基團時,形成下述結構。 [化學式25] R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. An example of a tetravalent organic group is R 122 in formula (3) of a polybenzoxazole precursor. Furthermore, its preferred meaning is the same as R 122. For example, the four bonds of the tetravalent organic group exemplified by R 122 bond with the nitrogen and oxygen atoms in formula (X) above to form a condensed ring. For example, when R 134 is an organic group, the following structure is formed. [Formula 25]
聚苯并㗁唑的㗁唑化率為85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳。藉由㗁唑化率為85%以上,基於閉環(藉由加熱而被㗁唑化時發生)之膜收縮變小,並能夠有效抑制產生翹曲。A benzoxazole saturation rate of 85% or higher is preferred, and 90% or higher is even better. With a saturation rate of 85% or higher, the shrinkage of the closed-ring membrane (which occurs during saturation by heating) is reduced, and warping can be effectively suppressed.
聚苯并㗁唑可以包括全部包含1種R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複結構單元,亦可以包括包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元。又,除上述式(X)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑亦可以包含其他種類的重複結構單元。Polybenzoxazole may include all repeating structural units of formula (X) above containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may include repeating structural units of formula (X) above containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. Furthermore, in addition to repeating units of formula (X) above, polybenzoxazole may also include other types of repeating structural units.
例如,使雙胺基苯酚衍生物與包含R133 之二羧酸或選自上述二羧酸的二羧酸二氯化物及二羧酸衍生物等之化合物進行反應來獲得聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,利用習知之㗁唑化反應法使其㗁唑化,藉此可獲得聚苯并㗁唑。 此外,在二羧酸的情況下,為了提高反應產率等,亦可以使用預先使1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等進行反應之活性酯型二羧酸衍生物。For example, a polybenzoxazole precursor can be obtained by reacting a diaminophenol derivative with a dicarboxylic acid containing R 133 , or a dicarboxylic acid dichloride selected from the above dicarboxylic acid, or a dicarboxylic acid derivative thereof. The precursor can then be acetazoleized using a conventional acetazole reaction method to obtain polybenzoxazole. Furthermore, in the case of a dicarboxylic acid, to improve the reaction yield, an active ester-type dicarboxylic acid derivative, such as 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, can be used as a pre-reacted derivative to increase the reaction yield.
聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折彎性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,含有2種以上的聚苯并㗁唑時,至少1種聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of polybenzoxazole is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight-average molecular weight to 5,000 or higher, the flexural strength of the cured film can be improved. For organic films with excellent mechanical properties, a weight-average molecular weight of 20,000 or higher is particularly preferred. Furthermore, when two or more polybenzoxazoles are contained, it is preferable that at least one polybenzoxazole has a weight-average molecular weight within the above range.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等可藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應來獲得。較佳為使用鹵化劑對二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物進行鹵化之後,使其與二胺進行反應來獲得。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造方法中,反應時使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠根據原料適當設定,可例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後,藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒產生作用來促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。[Manufacturing Method of Polyimide Precursors, etc.] Polyimide precursors, etc., can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid or a dicarboxylic acid derivative with a diamine. Preferably, the dicarboxylic acid or its derivative is halogenated with a halogenating agent before reacting with the diamine. In the manufacturing method of the polyimide precursor, it is preferable to use an organic solvent during the reaction. One or more organic solvents can be used. The organic solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the raw materials; examples include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone. Polyimides can be manufactured by cyclizing polyimide precursors through methods such as thermal cyclization, chemical cyclization (e.g., by using a catalyst to promote the cyclization reaction), or they can be synthesized directly.
又,使用非鹵素系觸媒而不使用上述鹵素化劑來合成亦較佳。作為上述非鹵素系觸媒,能夠無特別限制地使用不包含鹵素原子之公知的醯胺化觸媒,例如,可舉出硼氧烴三聚物化合物、N-羥基化合物、三級胺、磷酸酯、胺鹽、脲化合物等、碳二亞胺化合物。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺等。Furthermore, it is preferable to use a non-halogenated catalyst instead of the aforementioned halogenated agents for synthesis. As the aforementioned non-halogenated catalyst, known amide catalysts that do not contain halogen atoms can be used without particular restriction; examples include borooxytrimer compounds, N-hydroxyl compounds, tertiary amines, phosphate esters, amine salts, urea compounds, and carbodiimide compounds. Examples of carbodiimide compounds include N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide and N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide.
-封端劑- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等的末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。-End- Capping Agents- In order to further improve storage stability, it is better to seal the ends of polyimide precursors, etc., with end-capping agents such as acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monochlorodiphenyl compounds, and monoactive ester compounds. Monoamines are preferred as end-capping agents. Examples of preferred monoamine compounds include aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, and 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene. -Aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminobenzenethiophenol, 3-aminobenzenethiophenol, 4-aminobenzenethiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, or multiple different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents.
-固體析出- 製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之製程。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等沉澱於水中並使其溶解於四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等可溶解之溶劑,藉此能夠使固體析出。 之後,藉由乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid Precipitation- The manufacture of polyimide precursors, etc., may include a process for precipitating solids. Specifically, the polyimide precursor, etc., in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent soluble in the polyimide precursor, such as tetrahydrofuran, thereby causing solid precipitation. Subsequently, by drying the polyimide precursor, etc., powdered polyimide precursors, etc., can be obtained.
〔含量〕 特定樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,樹脂在本發明的組成物中的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種特定樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The content of the specific resin in the composition of the present invention, relative to the total solid content of the composition, is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. Furthermore, the content of the resin in the composition of the present invention, relative to the total solid content of the composition, is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, further preferably 98% by mass or less, even more preferably 97% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or less. The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin, or it may contain two or more. When containing two or more, the total amount within the above-mentioned range is preferred.
又,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物至少包含2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以包含合計2種以上的特定樹脂及後述其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上特定樹脂,包含2種以上特定樹脂為較佳。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含2種以上特定樹脂時,例如,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳,該聚醯亞胺前驅物係源自二酐的結構(在上述式(2)中提及之R115 )不同的2種以上的聚醯亞胺前驅物。Furthermore, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains at least two types of resins. Specifically, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more specific resins and other resins described below, or it may contain two or more specific resins, with the inclusion of two or more specific resins being preferable. When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, it is preferable, for example, to contain a polyimide precursor, which is derived from two or more polyimide precursors with different structures of dianhydrides (R 115 mentioned in formula (2) above).
<有機金屬錯合物> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含有機金屬錯合物。 有機金屬錯合物只要為包含金屬原子之有機錯合物化合物即可,係包含金屬原子及有機基團之錯合物化合物為較佳,有機基團與金屬原子配位之化合物為更佳,茂金屬化合物為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,茂金屬化合物係指包含2個可以具有取代基之環戊二烯基陰離子衍生物作為η5-配位體之有機金屬錯合物。 作為上述有機基團,並沒有特別限定,烴基或由烴基與雜原子的組合構成之基團為較佳。作為雜原子,氧原子、硫原子、氮原子為較佳。 在本發明中,有機基團中的至少1個為環狀基為較佳,至少2個為環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基選自5員環的環狀基及6員環的環狀基為較佳,選自5員環的環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環,但烴環為較佳。 作為5員環的環狀基,環戊二烯基為較佳。 又,本發明中使用之有機金屬錯合物在1分子中包含2~4個環狀基為較佳。<Organometallic Complexes> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention comprises organometallic complexes. Organometallic complexes are any organic complex compounds containing metal atoms. It is preferable to have complex compounds containing both metal atoms and organic groups; compounds in which the organic groups are coordinated with the metal atoms are more preferred; and metallocene compounds are even more preferred. In this invention, metallocene compounds refer to organometallic complexes containing two cyclopentadienyl anionic derivatives, which may have substituents, as n5-ligands. The aforementioned organic groups are not particularly limited; hydrocarbon groups or groups composed of hydrocarbon groups and heteroatoms are preferred. As heteroatoms, oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen atoms are preferred. In this invention, it is preferable that at least one of the organic groups is a cyclic group, and more preferably that at least two are cyclic groups. The aforementioned cyclic groups are preferably selected from 5-membered and 6-membered ring cyclic groups, with 5-membered ring cyclic groups being more preferred. The aforementioned cyclic groups can be hydrocarbon rings or heterocyclic rings, but hydrocarbon rings are preferred. As a 5-membered ring cyclic group, cyclopentadienyl is preferred. Furthermore, it is preferable that the organometallic complex used in this invention contains 2 to 4 cyclic groups per molecule.
作為有機金屬錯合物中包含之金屬,並沒有特別限定,係符合第4族元素之金屬為較佳,係選自包括鈦、鋯及鉿之群組中之至少1種金屬為更佳,係選自包括鈦及鋯之群組中之至少1種金屬為進一步較佳,係鈦為特佳。The metals contained in the organometallic complex are not particularly limited, but it is preferable to be metals that conform to Group 4 elements, more preferably to be selected from at least one metal in the group including titanium, zirconium and ruthenium, even more preferably to be selected from at least one metal in the group including titanium and zirconium, and titanium is particularly preferred.
有機金屬錯合物可以包含2個以上金屬原子,亦可以僅包含1個金屬原子,但僅包含1個金屬原子為較佳。有機金屬錯合物包含2個以上金屬原子時,可以僅包含1種金屬原子,亦可以包含2種以上的金屬原子。Organometallic complexes can contain two or more metal atoms, or they can contain only one metal atom, but it is preferable to contain only one metal atom. When organometallic complexes contain two or more metal atoms, they can contain only one type of metal atom or two or more types of metal atoms.
有機金屬錯合物係二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物為進一步較佳。Organometallic compounds are preferably titanium diacene, zirconium diacene, or ferrocene, with titanium diacene or zirconium diacene being more preferred, and titanium diacene being even more preferred.
有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合起始能力之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 在本發明中,具有光自由基聚合起始能力係指能夠藉由光的照射而產生能夠引發自由基聚合之自由基。例如,對包含自由基交聯劑及有機金屬錯合物之組成物照射了有機金屬錯合物吸收光之波長區域且自由基交聯劑不吸收光之波長區域的光時,確認自由基交聯劑是否消失,藉此能夠確認有無光自由基聚合起始能力。確認是否消失時,能夠根據自由基交聯劑的種類而選擇適當的方法,例如藉由IR測定(紅外分光測定)或HPLC測定(高效液相層析法)確認即可。 有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合起始能力時,有機金屬錯合物係茂金屬化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為特佳。 有機金屬錯合物不具有光自由基聚合起始能力時,有機金屬錯合物係選自包括二茂鈦化合物、四烷氧基鈦化合物、醯化鈦化合物、螯合鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,選自包括二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳,選自包括二茂鈦化合物及二茂鋯化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為特佳。The organometallic complex exhibiting photoradical polymerization initiation capability is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. In the present invention, photoradical polymerization initiation capability refers to the ability to generate free radicals capable of initiating free radical polymerization upon light irradiation. For example, when a composition containing a free radical crosslinker and an organometallic complex is irradiated with light in the wavelength region absorbed by the organometallic complex and the wavelength region not absorbed by the free radical crosslinker, the presence or absence of photoradical polymerization initiation capability can be confirmed by observing whether the free radical crosslinker disappears. Confirmation of disappearance can be made using an appropriate method, such as IR determination (infrared spectrophotometry) or HPLC determination (high-performance liquid chromatography), depending on the type of free radical crosslinker. When organometallic complexes possess photoradical polymerization initiation capabilities, metallocene compounds are preferred, with titanium diacene, zirconium diacene, or titanium diacene being even better, titanium diacene or zirconium diacene being further preferred, and titanium diacene being particularly preferred. When the organometallic complex does not possess photoradical polymerization initiation ability, it is preferable that the organometallic complex is selected from at least one compound from the group consisting of titanium diacene compounds, tetraalkoxy titanium compounds, nitrified titanium compounds, chelated titanium compounds, zirconium diacene compounds, and titanium diacene compounds; it is even more preferable that it is selected from at least one compound from the group consisting of titanium diacene compounds, zirconium diacene compounds, and titanium diacene compounds; it is further preferable that it is selected from at least one compound from the group consisting of titanium diacene compounds and zirconium diacene compounds; and titanium diacene compounds are particularly preferred.
有機金屬錯合物的分子量係50~2,000為較佳,100~1,000為更佳。The molecular weight of organometallic complexes is preferably 50 to 2,000, and even better if it is 100 to 1,000.
作為有機金屬錯合物,可較佳地舉出由下述式(P)表示之化合物。 [化學式26] 式(P)中,M係金屬元素,R分別獨立地為取代基。 上述R分別獨立地選自芳香族基、烷基、鹵素原子及烷基磺醯氧基為較佳。As organometallic complexes, compounds represented by the following formula (P) are preferably exemplified. [Formula 26] In formula (P), M is a metallic element, and R are each and each independently a substituent. Preferably, R are each independently selected from aromatic groups, alkyl groups, halogen atoms, and alkyl sulfonyloxy groups.
式(P)中,作為M所表示之金屬元素,鈦原子、鋯原子或鉿原子為較佳,鈦原子或鋯原子為更佳,鈦原子為進一步較佳。 作為式(P)中的R中的芳香族基,可舉出碳數6~20的芳香族基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,可舉出苯基、1-萘基或2-萘基等。 作為式(P)中的R中的烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 作為上述R中的鹵素原子,可舉出F、Cl、Br、I。 作為構成上述R中的烷基磺醯氧基之烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,可舉出碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 上述R可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可舉出鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、羥基、羧基、胺基、氰基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、單烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、單芳胺基及二芳胺基等。In formula (P), the metallic element represented by M is preferably titanium, zirconium, or iron, with titanium or zirconium being more preferred, and titanium being even more preferred. The aromatic group in R of formula (P) can be an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, with aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 20 carbon atoms being preferred, such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, or 2-naphthyl. The alkyl group in R of formula (P) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms being more preferred, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tributyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclopentyl, etc. Examples of halogen atoms in R include F, Cl, Br, and I. As for the alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group in R, alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred, and alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms are even more preferred, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tributyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclopentyl, etc. R may further have substituents. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, cyano, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, acetyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, acetyloxy, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, monoarylamino, and diarylamino, etc.
作為有機金屬錯合物的具體例,並沒有特別限定,可例示四異丙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦及下述化合物。 [化學式27] Specific examples of organometallic complexes are not particularly limited, but may include tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetoacetate)titanium, diisopropoxybis(acetoacetone)titanium, and the following compounds. [Chemical Formula 27]
此外,亦能夠使用國際公開第2018/025738號的0078~0088段中記載之化合物,但不限定於此。In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0078 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/025738 may be used, but are not limited thereto.
有機金屬錯合物的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~30質量%為較佳。下限係1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,3.0質量%以上為特佳。上限係25質量%以下為更佳。 有機金屬錯合物能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the organometallic complex relative to the total solids of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, further preferably 1.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 3.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less. One or more organometallic complexes can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount within the above range is preferred.
<具有縮合環結構之增感劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含具有縮合環結構之增感劑(以下,亦稱為“特定增感劑”。)。 在本發明中,縮合環結構係指2個環結構共用2個原子及1個鍵之結構。上述2個環結構中的一個或兩個可以與其他環結構進一步形成縮合環結構。 特定增感劑具有至少1個縮合環結構即可,亦可以包含複數個。 又,特定增感劑中的縮合環結構可以為并苯系烴之類的複數個環結構以直線狀縮合而成之結構,例如亦可以菲結構之類的複數個環結構以非直線狀縮合而成之結構,例如亦可以為芘結構之類的複數個環結構分別與其他複數個環結構縮合而成之結構。 該等之中,縮合環結構係藉由2~6個環結構縮合而形成之結構為較佳,藉由2~4個環結構縮合而形成之環結構為更佳,藉由2個或3個環結構縮合而形成之環結構為進一步較佳,藉由3個環結構縮合而形成之環結構為特佳。 作為上述環結構,並沒有特別限定,均為5員環結構或6員環結構為較佳。 又,在上述環結構中,至少1個為包含後述氮原子之環結構或包含硫原子之環結構為較佳。<Sensitizer with Condensed Ring Structure> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention includes a sensitizer with a condensed ring structure (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific sensitizer"). In this invention, a condensed ring structure refers to a structure in which two ring structures share two atoms and one bond. One or both of the aforementioned two ring structures can further form a condensed ring structure with other ring structures. The specific sensitizer may have at least one condensed ring structure, or may contain a plurality of them. Furthermore, the condensation ring structure in a specific sensitizer can be a structure formed by the linear condensation of multiple ring structures such as those in benzene series hydrocarbons; it can also be a structure formed by the non-linear condensation of multiple ring structures such as phenanthrene structures; or it can be a structure formed by the condensation of multiple ring structures such as pyrene structures with other multiple ring structures. Of these, a condensed ring structure formed by the condensation of 2 to 6 ring structures is preferred, a ring structure formed by the condensation of 2 to 4 ring structures is more preferred, a ring structure formed by the condensation of 2 or 3 ring structures is further preferred, and a ring structure formed by the condensation of 3 ring structures is particularly preferred. The above-mentioned ring structures are not particularly limited, but 5-membered or 6-membered ring structures are preferred. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned ring structures, at least one ring structure containing a nitrogen atom (described later) or a ring structure containing a sulfur atom is preferred.
特定增感劑係對後述感光劑的增感劑即可,係上述有機金屬錯合物且具有光自由基聚合起始能力之化合物或對後述自由基聚合起始劑具有增感作用之增感劑為較佳。The specific sensitizer can be a sensitizer of the photosensitizer described later, and it is preferable to be a compound of the above-mentioned organometallic complex that has the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization or a sensitizer that has a sensitizing effect on the free radical polymerization initiator described later.
特定增感劑在波長250nm~550nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為較佳,在波長300nm~450nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長為更佳。 例如,利用分光光度計,藉由公知的方法測定上述極大吸收波長。It is preferable that a specific sensitizer has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 250 nm to 550 nm, and even more preferably in the wavelength range of 300 nm to 450 nm. For example, the aforementioned maximum absorption wavelength can be determined using a spectrophotometer and a known method.
特定增感劑中的縮合環結構包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子作為縮合環結構中的環員為較佳。 作為縮合環結構中的環員包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子係指,在形成縮合環結構之至少2個環結構中至少1個環結構包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子作為環員。 作為包含氮原子作為環員之環結構,可舉出吡咯啶環、吡咯環、咪唑啶環環、㗁唑啶環、四氫噻唑環、異四氫噻唑環、三唑環、四唑環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、吡啶環、二𠯤環、三𠯤環、4-哌啶酮環等。 作為包含硫原子作為環員之環結構,可舉出噻吩環、四氫噻吩環、四氫噻唑環、異四氫噻唑環、二噻口柬環、4-四氫噻喃酮環等。 作為與包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子作為環員之環結構形成縮合環結構之環,並沒有特別限定,可以為包含選自包括氮原子及硫原子之群組中之至少1種原子作為環員之環結構,但烴環結構為較佳,芳香族烴環結構為更佳,苯環結構為進一步較佳。Preferably, the condensed ring structure in a particular sensitizer includes at least one atom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen and sulfur atoms as a ring member. The inclusion of at least one atom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen and sulfur atoms as a ring member means that at least one of the at least two ring structures forming the condensed ring structure includes at least one atom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen and sulfur atoms as a ring member. Examples of ring structures containing a nitrogen atom as a ring member include pyrrolidine rings, pyrrole rings, imidazolide rings, azirazole rings, tetrahydrothiazolium rings, isotetrahydrothiazolium rings, triazole rings, tetraazole rings, piperidine rings, piperazine rings, pyridine rings, diazine rings, triazine rings, and 4-piperidinone rings. Examples of ring structures containing a sulfur atom as a ring member include thiophene rings, tetrahydrothiophene rings, tetrahydrothiazolium rings, isotetrahydrothiazolium rings, dithiazolide rings, and 4-tetrahydrothiaranone rings. The ring is not particularly limited to forming a condensed ring structure with a ring structure that includes at least one atom selected from the group including nitrogen and sulfur atoms as ring members. It can be a ring structure that includes at least one atom selected from the group including nitrogen and sulfur atoms as ring members, but a hydrocarbon ring structure is preferred, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring structure is more preferred, and a benzene ring structure is even more preferred.
從解析度、曝光靈敏度及耐藥品性的觀考慮,特定增感劑包含選自包括吖啶酮結構、噻噸酮結構及吖啶結構之群組中之至少1種結構作為縮合環結構為較佳。 特定增感劑可以僅包含1個選自包括吖啶酮結構、噻噸酮結構及吖啶結構之群組中之至少1種結構,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,該等結構可以相同,亦可以不同。 又,特定增感劑係由下述式(1-1)、下述式(2-1)及下述式(3-1)中的任一個表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式28] 在式(1-1)、式(2-1)或式(3-1)中,R11 ~R19 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11 ~R19 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,R21 ~R28 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R21 ~R28 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,R31 ~R39 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R31 ~R39 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構。Considering resolution, exposure sensitivity, and drug resistance, it is preferable that the specific sensitizer includes at least one structure selected from the group consisting of acridinone, thiatonone, and acridinium structures as a condensed ring structure. The specific sensitizer may include only one structure selected from the group consisting of acridinone, thiatonone, and acridinium structures, or it may include two or more structures. When two or more structures are included, these structures may be the same or different. Furthermore, it is preferable that the specific sensitizer is a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (1-1), (2-1), and (3-1). [Formula 28] In formula (1-1), formula (2-1) or formula (3-1), R11 to R19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least two of R11 to R19 can bond to form a ring structure, R21 to R28 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least two of R21 to R28 can bond to form a ring structure, and R31 to R39 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, at least two of R31 to R39 can bond to form a ring structure.
式(1-1)中,R11 ~R18 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,氫原子、烴基或鹵素原子為較佳。 作為上述烴基,可以為脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基中的任一種,但烷基或芳香族烴基為較佳,烷基為更佳。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷基為更佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵素原子,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子為較佳,氯原子或溴原子為更佳。 式(1-1)中,R19 表示氫原子或取代基,氫原子、烴基或鹵素原子為較佳,氫原子或烴基為更佳。 式(1-1)中,R19 中的烴基及鹵素原子的較佳態樣與R11 ~R18 中的烴基及鹵素原子的較佳態樣相同。 在本發明中,R11 ~R19 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,但R11 ~R19 均不形成環結構之態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。In formula (1-1), R11 to R18 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, with hydrogen, hydrocarbon, or halogen atom being preferred. The hydrocarbon can be any of an aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon, but alkyl or aromatic hydrocarbons are preferred, with alkyl being even more preferred. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, with phenyl or naphthyl being more preferred, and phenyl being even more preferred. The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom, with chlorine or bromine being even more preferred. In formula (1-1), R 19 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom, an hydrocarbon atom, or a halogen atom, with a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon atom being more preferred. In formula (1-1), the preferred states of the hydrocarbon atom and halogen atom in R 19 are the same as the preferred states of the hydrocarbon atom and halogen atom in R 11 to R 18. In this invention, at least two of R 11 to R 19 can bond to form a ring structure, but a state in which none of R 11 to R 19 forms a ring structure is also a preferred state.
式(2-1)中,R21 ~R28 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,氫原子、烴基或鹵素原子為較佳,氫原子或鹵素原子為更佳,氫原子為特佳。 作為上述烴基,可以為脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基中的任一種,但烷基或芳香族烴基為較佳,烷基為更佳。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷基為更佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵素原子,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子為較佳,氯原子或溴原子為更佳。 在本發明中,R21 ~R28 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,但R21 ~R28 均不形成環結構之態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。In formula (2-1), R 21 to R 28 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, with hydrogen atom, hydrocarbon atom, or halogen atom being preferred, hydrogen atom or halogen atom being more preferred, and hydrogen atom being particularly preferred. The hydrocarbon atom can be any of aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbons, but alkyl or aromatic hydrocarbons are preferred, and alkyl is even more preferred. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is even more preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon atom is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, phenyl or naphthyl is more preferred, and phenyl is even more preferred. The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, or iodine atom, with chlorine or bromine atom being even more preferred. In this invention, at least two of R 21 to R 28 can be bonded to form a ring structure, but the state in which none of R 21 to R 28 form a ring structure is also one of the better states.
式(3-1)中,R31 ~R38 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,氫原子、烴基或鹵素原子為較佳。 作為上述烴基,脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基中的任一種,但烷基或芳香族烴基為較佳。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷基為更佳。 作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 作為上述鹵素原子,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子為較佳,氯原子或溴原子為更佳。 式(3-1)中,R39 表示氫原子或取代基,氫原子、烴基或鹵素原子為較佳,氫原子或烴基為更佳。 式(3-1)中,R39 中的烴基及鹵素原子的較佳態樣與R31 ~R38 中的烴基及鹵素原子的較佳態樣相同。 在本發明中,R31 ~R39 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,但R31 ~R39 均不形成環結構之態樣亦為較佳態樣之一。In formula (3-1), R 31 to R 38 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, with hydrogen, hydrocarbon, or halogen atom being preferred. As the aforementioned hydrocarbon, any aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon is preferred, but alkyl or aromatic hydrocarbons are preferred. As the aforementioned alkyl group, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred, and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred. As the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms are preferred, phenyl or naphthyl are more preferred, and phenyl is even more preferred. As the aforementioned halogen atom, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atoms are preferred, with chlorine or bromine atoms being more preferred. In formula (3-1), R 39 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom, an hydrocarbon group, or a halogen atom, with a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group being more preferred. In formula (3-1), the preferred states of the hydrocarbon group and halogen atom in R 39 are the same as the preferred states of the hydrocarbon group and halogen atom in R 31 to R 38. In this invention, at least two of R 31 to R 39 can bond to form a ring structure, but a state in which none of R 31 to R 39 forms a ring structure is also a preferred state.
又,特定增感劑亦可以為包含如下結構作為部分結構之化合物:將在由式(1-1)、式(2-1)及式(3-1)中的任一個表示之結構中R11 ~R19 、R21 ~R28 、R31 ~R39 中的至少1個作為與其他結構的鍵結部位之結構。 例如,如下述式(3-2)所示,可舉出在由式(3-1)表示之結構中將R39 作為與其他結構的鍵結部位而連結之化合物等。 [化學式29] 式(3-2)中,R31 ~R38 的含義分別獨立地與上述式(3-1)中的R31 ~R38 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(3-2)中,L表示m價的連結基,係可以具有取代基之m價的烴基為較佳。作為L,例如,可舉出烴基或烴基、-O-、C(=O)-、-S-、-S(=O)2 -、或者將該等組合2個以上而成之基團,至少包含烴基之基團為較佳,烴基為更佳。 上述烴基可以為脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴基或由該等的組合表示之基團,但飽和脂肪族烴基為較佳。 式(3-2)中,m表示2以上的整數,係2~10的整數為較佳。Furthermore, certain sensitizers may also be compounds comprising the following structures as part of their structure: structures in which at least one of R11 - R19 , R21 - R28 , and R31 - R39 in any of the structures represented by formulas (1-1), (2-1), and (3-1) serves as a bonding site with other structures. For example, as shown in formula (3-2) below, examples can be given of compounds in which R39 in the structure represented by formula (3-1) serves as a bonding site with other structures. [Chemical Formula 29] In formula (3-2), the meanings of R 31 to R 38 are independently the same as those of R 31 to R 38 in formula (3-1) above, and the preferred states are also the same. In formula (3-2), L represents a linking group with an m-valence, which is preferably an hydrocarbon with a substituent in the m-valence. For example, L can be an hydrocarbon or a group consisting of -O-, C(=O)-, -S-, -S(=O) 2- , or a combination of two or more of these. It is preferred that the group contains at least a hydrocarbon, and more preferably a hydrocarbon. The hydrocarbon can be an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a group represented by a combination of these, but a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon is preferred. In equation (3-2), m represents an integer greater than 2, and it is preferable to use an integer between 2 and 10.
特定增感劑的分子量係100~2,000為較佳,150~1,000為更佳。The molecular weight of a specific sensitizer is preferably 100-2,000, and even better if it is 150-1,000.
作為特定增感劑的具體例,並沒有特別限定,可舉出2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、N-苯基二乙醇胺、7-(二乙基胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二異丙基噻噸酮、吖啶酮、N-甲基吖啶酮、N-丁基吖啶酮、N-丁基-氯吖啶酮、9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙(9,9’-吖啶)庚烷、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞聯苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、2-巰苯并咪唑、2-巰苯并苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、二苯并噻吩、苯并[b]萘并[1,2-d]噻吩、苯并[b]萘并[1,2-d]噻吩、4-苯基二苯并噻吩等。Specific examples of certain sensitizers are not particularly limited, but can include 2,4-dimethylthiatonone, N-phenyldiethanolamine, ethyl 7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylate, 2,4-diethylthiatonone, 2-chlorothiatonone, 2,4-diisopropylthiatonone, acridine, N-methyl acridine, N-butyl acridine, N-butyl-chloro acridine, 9-phenyl acridine, 1,7-bis(9,9'-acidine)heptane, p-dimethylaminobenzyldihydroindene, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinyl)isonaphthothiazole, 3 3’-Carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 2-benzimidazole, 2-benzimidazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, dibenzothiophene, benzo[b]naphtho[1,2-d]thiophene, benzo[b]naphtho[1,2-d]thiophene, 4-phenyldibenzothiophene, etc.
特定增感劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~30質量%為較佳。下限係0.2質量%以上為更佳,0.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,1.0質量%以上為特佳。上限係25質量%以下為更佳。 有機金屬錯合物能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the specific sensitizer relative to the total solids content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, further preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1.0% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less. One or more organometallic compounds can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
又,相對於1質量份的上述有機金屬錯合物,特定增感劑的含量係0.5~5.0質量份為較佳,0.6~3.0質量份為更佳,0.75~2.0質量份為進一步較佳。Furthermore, relative to 1 part by weight of the above-mentioned organometallic complex, the content of the specific sensitizer is preferably 0.5 to 5.0 parts by weight, more preferably 0.6 to 3.0 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.75 to 2.0 parts by weight.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂及與特定樹脂不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可舉出聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步添加丙烯酸樹脂,可獲得塗佈性優異之組成物,又,可獲得耐溶劑性優異之有機膜。 例如,藉由代替後述交聯劑或除後述交聯劑以外,在組成物中添加重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基團價高的丙烯酸系樹脂,能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、有機膜的耐溶劑性等。<Other Resins> The composition of this invention may include the specific resin described above and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter also referred to as "other resins"). Examples of other resins include polyamide-imide, polyamide-imide precursors, phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing siloxane structures, and acrylic resins. For example, by further adding acrylic resins, a composition with excellent coatability can be obtained, and an organic film with excellent solvent resistance can also be obtained. For example, by replacing the crosslinker described later or by adding an acrylic resin with a weight average molecular weight of less than 20,000 and a high polymeric group value to the composition, the coatability of the composition and the solvent resistance of the organic film can be improved.
本發明的組成物包含其他樹脂時,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,係0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物中的其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的組成物的較佳態樣之一,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量的態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分,係20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並沒有特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含1種其他樹脂,亦可以包含2種以上。包含2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, further preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 10% by mass or more. Furthermore, the content of other resins in the composition of the present invention relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, further preferably 70% by mass or less, even more preferably 60% by mass or less, and still more preferably 50% by mass or less. Furthermore, as one of the preferred embodiments of the composition of the present invention, it is also possible to design an embodiment with a low content of other resins. In the above embodiments, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, further preferably 10% by mass or less, even more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 1% by mass or less. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited; 0% by mass or more is acceptable. The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of other resin, or it may contain two or more types. When containing two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount is within the above range.
<溶劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。溶劑能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、環式烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。<Soluble> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, monoxides, amides, ureas, and alcohols.
作為酯類,例如可舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetic acid esters (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetic acid, ethyl alkoxyacetic acid, butyl alkoxyacetic acid (e.g., methyl methoxyacetic acid, ethyl methoxyacetic acid, butyl methoxyacetic acid, methyl ethoxyacetic acid, ethyl ethoxyacetic acid, etc.)), and alkyl 3-alkoxypropionic acid esters (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionic acid, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionic acid, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionic acid, ethyl 3-methoxypropionic acid, methyl 3-ethoxypropionic acid, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionic acid). Alkyl esters of 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.
作為醚類,例如,可舉出二乙二醇二甲基醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯等作為較佳者。As ethers, preferred examples include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl celusone acetate, ethyl celusone acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, and propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate.
作為酮類,例如,可舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡聚糖酮、二氫左旋葡聚糖酮等作為較佳者。As ketones, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, L-glucanone, and dihydro-L-glucanone are among the better choices.
作為環狀烴類,例如,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。As cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene are preferred examples.
作為亞碸類,例如可舉出二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As for ionoids, dimethyl ionoids can be cited as a better example.
作為醯胺類,可舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基口末啉、N-乙醯基口末啉等作為較佳者。Among the amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionic acid, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionic acid, N-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionic acid, N-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionic acid, and N-acetylatedotropine are considered as better choices.
作為脲類,可舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。Among ureas, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone are considered better options.
作為醇類,可舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲基醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、聚乙二醇單甲基醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁基醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol, and diacetone alcohol.
關於溶劑,從改善塗佈面性狀等觀點考慮,混合2種以上之形態亦為較佳。Regarding solvents, from the perspective of improving coating properties, it is better to mix two or more forms.
在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。同時使用二甲基亞碸和γ-丁內酯為特佳。又,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯、二丙酮醇與乳酸乙酯、環戊酮與γ-丁內酯的組合亦較佳。In this invention, a solvent selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl celusoacetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, or a mixture of two or more solvents, is preferred. The simultaneous use of dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone is particularly preferred. Furthermore, combinations of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone with ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol with ethyl lactate, and cyclopentanone with γ-butyrolactone are also preferred.
關於溶劑的含量,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,設為本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為總固體成分濃度成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為總固體成分濃度成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為總固體成分濃度成為40~70質量%為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量根據塗膜的所需厚度和塗佈方法調整即可。Regarding the solvent content, from a coating properties perspective, it is preferable that the total solids concentration of the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is 5-80% by mass, more preferably 5-75% by mass, further preferably 10-70% by mass, and even more preferably 40-70% by mass. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the required coating thickness and coating method.
溶劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The solvent may contain only one type or more than two types. When there are more than two types of solvents, it is preferable that their total amount is within the above range.
<感光劑> 本發明的組成物包含感光劑為較佳。 感光劑中不包含作為上述有機金屬錯合物且具有光自由基聚合起始能力之化合物。 作為感光劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Photosensitive Agent> The composition of this invention preferably includes a photosensitizer. The photosensitizer does not contain any compound that is an organometallic complex as described above and has photoradical polymerization initiation ability. As a photosensitizer, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.
〔光聚合起始劑〕 本發明的組成物包含光聚合起始劑作為感光劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並沒有特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與被光激發之增感劑產生一些作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。[Photopolymerization Initiator] The composition of this invention preferably includes a photopolymerization initiator as a photosensitizer. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There are no particular limitations on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet to visible region is preferred. Alternatively, it can be an active agent that interacts with a photosensitive agent and generates active free radicals.
在本發明中,符合有機金屬錯合物之化合物不符合感光劑及光自由基聚合起始劑。In this invention, compounds that conform to organometallic complexes do not conform to photosensitizers and photoradical polymerization initiators.
本發明的組成物具有光自由基聚合起始能力時,本發明的組成物實質上不包含除上述有機金屬錯合物以外的自由基聚合起始劑亦較佳。實質上不包含除上述有機金屬錯合物以外的自由基聚合起始劑表示在本發明的組成物中除上述有機金屬錯合物以外的其他自由基聚合起始劑的含量相對於上述有機金屬錯合物的總質量為5質量%以下,3質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳,0.1質量%為進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物包含具有自由基聚合起始能力之有機金屬錯合物時,本發明的組成物包含上述有機金屬錯合物及其他光自由基聚合起始劑亦較佳。 在本發明的組成物中包含有機金屬錯合物及其他光自由基聚合起始劑時,相對於有機金屬錯合物及其他光自由基聚合起始劑的合計含量之有機金屬錯合物的含量係20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 又,作為上述其他光自由基聚合起始劑,後述肟化合物為較佳。When the composition of the present invention possesses photoradical polymerization initiation ability, it is also preferable that the composition of the present invention substantially does not contain any free radical polymerization initiators other than the aforementioned organometallic chelates. "Substantially does not contain any free radical polymerization initiators other than the aforementioned organometallic chelates" means that the content of free radical polymerization initiators other than the aforementioned organometallic chelates in the composition of the present invention is preferably 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention contains organometallic chelates possessing free radical polymerization initiation ability, it is also preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the aforementioned organometallic chelates and other photoradical polymerization initiators. When the composition of the present invention contains organometallic chelates and other photoradical polymerization initiators, the content of organometallic chelates relative to the total content of the organometallic chelates and other photoradical polymerization initiators is preferably 20-80% by mass, and more preferably 30-70% by mass. Furthermore, the oxime compounds described later are preferred as the other photoradical polymerization initiators.
光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L/mol-1 /cm-1 莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法來進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),並使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。The photoradical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorptivity of at least about 50 L/ mol⁻¹ / cm⁻¹ in the range of about 300–800 nm (preferably 330–500 nm). The molar absorptivity of the compound can be determined using known methods. For example, it is preferable to determine it using a UV-Vis spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) with ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。As a photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. Examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (such as compounds with a trihalomethane skeleton, compounds with a diazole skeleton, compounds with a trihalomethane skeleton, etc.), acetyphosphine compounds such as acetyphosphine oxide, hexaaryl diimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organoboron compounds, and iron-aromatic hydrocarbon complexes. For details regarding these contents, please refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated herein by reference.
作為酮化合物,例如,可例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容編入本說明書中。市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)。As a ketone compound, for example, the compound described in paragraph 0087 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) is also preferred in commercially available products.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds, and amide phosphine compounds are preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-291969 and amide phosphine oxide-based initiators disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As a hydroxyacetophenone initiator, it can use IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF).
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。As an aminoacetophenone-based initiator, it can be used in commercially available products such as IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369 and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF).
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中記載之化合物。As an aminoacetophenone-based initiator, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191179, which have extremely high absorption wavelengths and are matched with light sources of wavelengths such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
作為醯基膦系起始劑,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製)。Examples of phosphine-based initiators include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide. Additionally, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,更佳為舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘量)較廣,且亦作為光硬化促進劑而起作用,因此特佳。Oxime compounds are preferred as photoradical polymerization initiators. Using oxime compounds can further and more effectively improve exposure tolerance. Oxime compounds are particularly advantageous because they offer a wider exposure tolerance (residual exposure) and also act as photocuring accelerators.
作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物。As specific examples of oxime compounds, compounds disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166 may be used.
作為較佳之肟化合物,例如可舉出下述結構的化合物、3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮以及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的組成物中,尤其將肟化合物用作光自由基聚合起始劑(肟系光聚合起始劑)為較佳。肟系光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連結基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds with the following structures: 3-benzoxylidene-iminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxylidene-iminobutane-2-one, 3-propoxylidene-iminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxylidene-iminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxylidene-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzoxylidene-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonoxy)iminobutane-2-one, and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxylidene-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the compositions of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use the oxime compound as a photoradical polymerization initiator (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator). Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators have a >C=N-O-C(=O)- linker in the molecule.
[化學式30] [Chemical Formula 30]
市售品中,亦可較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製)、ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製,日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.製)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式31] Among commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, and IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, a photoradical polymerization initiator 2 disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-014052) are also suitable. Furthermore, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) are also suitable. Additionally, DFI-091 (manufactured by DAITO CHEMIX Co.,Ltd.) is also suitable. Furthermore, oxime compounds with the following structure can also be used. [Formula 31]
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環的肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利06636081號中記載之化合物。Oxime compounds with cyclohexane can also be used as photopolymerization initiators. Specific examples of oxime compounds with cyclohexane include the compound disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-137466 and the compound disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 06636081.
作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中記載之化合物。As a photopolymerization initiator, oxime compounds with at least one benzene ring having a carbazole ring forming the naphthalene ring skeleton can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compound described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中記載之化合物(C-3)等。Oxime compounds containing fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-164471.
作為最佳之肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報中示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報中示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等。As the best oxime compounds, examples include the oxime compounds with specific substituents shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-269779, and the oxime compounds with thioaryl groups shown in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-191061.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑係選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the perspective of exposure sensitivity, photoradical polymerization initiators are preferably selected from the group consisting of trihalomethane trihalomethane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketone compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acetophosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazolium dimers, onium salts, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and their salts, halomethanediazole compounds, and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds.
更佳之光自由基聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為更進一步較佳。The preferred free radical polymerization initiator is a trihalomethane trihalomethane compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an oxime compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triarylimidazolium dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound, or an acetophenone compound. It is further preferred that at least one compound is selected from the group consisting of trihalomethane trihalomethane compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazolium dimers, and benzophenone compounds. It is even more preferred that a metallocene compound or an oxime compound is used. An oxime compound is even more preferred.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮(Michler’s ketone))等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮,2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-口末啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-口末啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環進行縮合而成之醌類、安息香烷基醚等安息香醚化合物、安息香、烷基安息香等安息香化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用由下述式(I)表示之化合物。Furthermore, photoradical polymerization initiators can also include benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michler's ketone), and other N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenones; aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-methylpheninylphenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-methylpheninyl-acetone-1; quinones formed by condensation of aromatic rings with alkyl anthraquinones; benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ethers; benzoin compounds such as benzoin and alkyl benzoin; and benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketone. Additionally, compounds represented by the following formula (I) can also be used.
[化學式32] [Chemical Formula 32]
在式(I)中,RI00 係碳數1~20的烷基、因1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、藉由因1個以上的氧原子而中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個被取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 係由式(II)表示之基團,或者係與RI00 相同的基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。In formula (I), RI00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, and a phenyl or biphenyl group having at least one substituted alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. RI01 is a group represented by formula (II) or is the same group as RI00 . RI02 to RI04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
[化學式33] [Chemical Formula 33]
式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, RI05 to RI07 are the same as RI02 to RI04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator can also be the compound described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.
包含光聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,更進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, even more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, and still more preferably 1.0 to 10% by mass. The photopolymerization initiator may be contained in only one type or in two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 又,本發明的組成物包含光酸產生劑作為感光劑亦較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如,在感光膜的曝光部產生酸而上述曝光部在顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)中的溶解性增加,並能夠獲得曝光部藉由顯影液被去除之正型圖案。 又,亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由組成物含有光酸產生劑和除後述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,例如,利用產生於曝光部之酸促進上述交聯劑的交聯反應,曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負型圖案。[Photosensitive Acid Generator] Furthermore, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention includes a photosensitive acid generator as a photosensitizer. By containing a photosensitive acid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed portion of the photosensitive film, thereby increasing the solubility of the exposed portion in the developing solution (e.g., an alkaline aqueous solution), and a positive pattern in which the exposed portion is removed by the developing solution can be obtained. Alternatively, it is also possible to configure the composition to contain a photosensitive acid generator and a crosslinking agent other than the free radical crosslinking agent described later. For example, by utilizing the acid generated in the exposed portion to promote the crosslinking reaction of the crosslinking agent, the exposed portion is less likely to be removed by the developing solution than the non-exposed portion. According to this configuration, a negative pattern can be obtained.
作為光酸產生劑,只要藉由曝光產生酸,則並沒有特別限定,能夠舉出醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。As a photoacid generator, there are no particular limitations as long as acid is generated through exposure. Examples include quinone diazonium compounds, diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, strontium salts, monazine salts, succinates, oxime sulfonates, diazonium, diazonium, and sulfonate compounds such as orthonitrobenzyl sulfonate.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可舉出醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯與聚羥基化合物鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由磺醯胺與聚胺基化合物鍵結者、醌二疊氮的磺酸藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少1個與聚羥基聚胺基化合物鍵結者等。在本發明中,例如,該等聚羥基化合物、聚胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上被醌二疊氮取代為較佳。Examples of quinone diazonium compounds include those in which the sulfonic acid of the quinone diazonium is bonded to a polyhydroxy compound via an ester bond, those in which the sulfonic acid of the quinone diazonium is bonded to a polyamine compound via a sulfonamide bond, and those in which the sulfonic acid of the quinone diazonium is bonded to a polyhydroxy polyamine compound via at least one of an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond. In this invention, for example, it is preferable that at least 50 mol% of the functional groups of such polyhydroxy compounds and polyamine compounds are replaced by quinone diazonium compounds.
在本發明中,作為醌二疊氮,5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基均可較佳地使用。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,因此適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收延伸至水銀燈的g射線區域,因此適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,根據進行曝光之波長,選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以含有在同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In this invention, 5-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate and 4-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate are both preferred as quinone diazonium compounds. The 4-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate compound has absorption in the i-ray region of a mercury lamp, and is therefore suitable for i-ray exposure. The absorption of the 5-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate compound extends to the g-ray region of a mercury lamp, and is therefore suitable for g-ray exposure. In this invention, the 4-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate compound and the 5-naphthoquinone diazonium sulfonate compound are preferred depending on the wavelength of the exposure. Furthermore, it may contain naphthoquinone disulfonate compounds having 4-naphthoquinone disulfonyl and 5-naphthoquinone disulfonyl groups in the same molecule, or it may contain both 4-naphthoquinone disulfonate compounds and 5-naphthoquinone disulfonate compounds.
上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並能夠藉由公知的方法合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率進一步得到提高。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,例如,可舉出1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The aforementioned naphthoquinone diazonium compounds can be synthesized by esterification of compounds with phenolic hydroxyl groups and quinone diazonium sulfonic acid compounds, and can be synthesized by known methods. By using these naphthoquinone diazonium compounds, resolution, sensitivity, and film residue are further improved. Examples of the aforementioned naphthoquinone diazonium compounds include, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazazo-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazazo-4-sulfonic acid, salts or esters of these compounds.
作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可舉出日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中記載之化合物等。Examples of compounds that are onium salts or sulfonates include those described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-013646.
光酸產生劑係包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)亦較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並沒有特別限制,由下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。Photonic acid generators containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter also referred to as "oxime sulfonate compounds") are preferred. There are no particular restrictions on the presence of an oxime sulfonate group in the oxime sulfonate compound; oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the following formula (OS-1), the formula described later (OS-103), the formula (OS-104), or the formula (OS-105) are preferred.
[化學式34] [Chemical Formula 34]
在式(OS-1)中,X3 表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。X3 存在複數個時,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X3 中的烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X3 中的烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X3 中的烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X3 中的鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 在式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。m3為2或3時,複數個X3 可以相同,亦可以不同。 在式(OS-1)中,R34 表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以被W取代之苯基、可以被W取代之萘基或可以被W取代之鄰胺苯甲酸基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。In formula (OS-1), X3 represents an alkyl, alkoxy, or halogen atom. When there are multiple X3 atoms, they can be the same or different. The alkyl and alkoxy atoms in X3 can have substituents. As the alkyl group in X3 , a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the alkoxy group in X3 , a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the halogen atom in X3 , a chlorine or fluorine atom is preferred. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer from 0 to 3, with 0 or 1 being preferred. When m3 is 2 or 3, the multiple X3 atoms can be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl or aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group that can be substituted with W, a naphthyl group that can be substituted with W, or an orthoamine benzoic acid group that can be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
在式(OS-1)中,m3係3,X3 係甲基,X3 的取代位置係鄰位,R34 係碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降莰基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。In formula (OS-1), m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, X3 is substituted at an ortho position, and R34 is preferably a straight-chain alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorborneolmethyl or p-tolyl.
作為由式(OS-1)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示在日本特開2011-209692號公報的0064~0068段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0158~0167段中記載之以下化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。As specific examples of oxime sulfonate compounds represented by formula (OS-1), the following compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692, paragraphs 0064 to 0068, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674, paragraphs 0158 to 0167, are illustrated in this specification.
[化學式35] [Chemical Formula 35]
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,存在複數個時的有些Rs2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,存在複數個時的有些Rs6 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由Rs1 表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)可以具有取代基T。In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs1 represents alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl; when present in multiples, some Rs2 independently represent hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or halogen atoms; when present in multiples, some Rs6 independently represent halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, sulfonic acid, aminosulfonyl, or alkoxysulfonyl; Xs represents O or S; ns represents 1 or 2; and ms represents an integer from 0 to 6. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl (preferably with 1 to 30 carbons), aryl (preferably with 6 to 30 carbons), or heteroaryl (preferably with 4 to 30 carbons) represented by Rs1 may have a substituent T.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中存在2個以上時的有些Rs2 中,1個或2個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,1個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,1個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。由Rs2 表示之烷基或芳基可以具有取代基T。 在式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。在上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,作為環員包含Xs之環係5員環或6員環。In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), Rs2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with 1 to 12 carbon atoms), or an aryl group (preferably with 6 to 30 carbon atoms), with hydrogen or alkyl being more preferred. In some compounds where two or more Rs2 are present, it is preferred that one or two are alkyl, aryl, or halogen atoms, more preferred that one is an alkyl, aryl, or halogen atom, and especially preferred that one is an alkyl group and the remainder are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl or aryl group represented by Rs2 may have a substituent T. In formulas (OS-103), (OS-104), or (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, with O being more preferred. In the above equations (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring system containing Xs is a 5-member ring or a 6-member ring.
在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,Xs係O時,ns係1為較佳,又,Xs係S時,ns係2為較佳。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,由Rs6 表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 在式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2. When Xs is O, ns being 1 is preferred; and when Xs is S, ns being 2 is preferred. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s6 may have substituents. In formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105), ms represents an integer from 0 to 6, with integers from 0 to 2 being preferred, 0 or 1 being more preferred, and 0 being particularly preferred.
又,由上述式(OS-103)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-104)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-107)表示之化合物為特佳,由上述式(OS-105)表示之化合物係由下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式36] Furthermore, the compound represented by formula (OS-103) is preferably represented by formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110), or formula (OS-111); the compound represented by formula (OS-104) is preferably represented by formula (OS-107); and the compound represented by formula (OS-105) is preferably represented by formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 36]
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基。 在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,係氫原子為較佳。In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), Rt1 represents an alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group; Rt7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom; Rt8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl, bromomethyl, bromoethyl, methoxymethyl, phenyl, or chlorophenyl; Rt9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl or methoxy group; and Rt2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), Rt7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, preferably a hydrogen atom.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group, or a chlorophenyl group. It is preferred that the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a halogen atom or a phenyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, even more preferred, and alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is even more preferred. Methyl is particularly preferred.
在式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中的任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0088~0095段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0168~0194段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In formulas (OS-106) to (OS-111), Rt9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group, or a methoxy group, with a hydrogen atom being preferred. Rt2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, with a hydrogen atom being preferred. Furthermore, the stereostructure (E, Z) of the oxime can be any of the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compounds, or a mixture thereof. Specific examples of oxime sulfonate compounds represented by formulas (OS-103) to (OS-105) are the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
作為至少包含1個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳之其他態樣,可舉出由下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)表示之化合物。Other preferred forms of oxime sulfonate compounds containing at least one oxime sulfonate group include compounds represented by the following formulas (OS-101) and (OS-102).
[化學式37] [Chemical Formula 37]
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru9 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。Ru9 係氰基或芳基之態樣為更佳,Ru9 係氰基、苯基或萘基之態樣為進一步較佳。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru2a 表示烷基或芳基。 在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5 -、-CH2 -、-CRu6 H-或CRu6 Ru7 -,Ru5 ~Ru7 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Ru9 represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, acetyl, aminomethyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, cyano, aryl, or heteroaryl. It is preferred that Ru9 is cyano or aryl, and it is further preferred that Ru9 is cyano, phenyl, or naphthyl. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Ru2a represents an alkyl or aryl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NRu5- , -CH2- , -CRu6H- , or CRu6Ru7- , where Ru5 to Ru7 each independently represent an alkyl or aryl group .
在式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru1 ~Ru4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。Ru1 ~Ru4 中的2個可以分別相互鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以縮合而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為Ru1 ~Ru4 ,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,又,Ru1 ~Ru4 中的至少2個相互鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦較佳。其中,Ru1 ~Ru4 均為氫原子之態樣為較佳。上述取代基均可以進一步具有取代基。In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), Ru1 to Ru4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, or an aryl group. Two of Ru1 to Ru4 can be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring can condense to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring. It is preferred that Ru1 to Ru4 are hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, or alkyl groups, and it is also preferred that at least two of Ru1 to Ru4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. It is preferred that all of Ru1 to Ru4 are hydrogen atoms. All of the above substituents can be further substituented.
由上述式(OS-101)表示之化合物係由式(OS-102)表示之化合物為更佳。 又,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中的任一種,亦可以為混合物。 作為由式(OS-101)表示之化合物的具體例,可例示日本特開2011-209692號公報的0102~0106段、日本特開2015-194674號公報的0195~0207段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物中,b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。The compound represented by formula (OS-101) is preferably represented by formula (OS-102). Furthermore, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring can be any one of the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compounds, or a mixture thereof. Specific examples of compounds represented by formula (OS-101) are the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Among the above-mentioned compounds, b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred.
此外,作為光酸產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可舉出WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-443、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、Omnicat 250、Omnicat 270(均為IGM Resins B.V.製)、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 270、Irgacure 290(均為BASF公司製)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。In addition, commercially available products can be used as photosensitive acid generators. Examples of commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-443, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, WPAG-699 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Omnicat 250, Omnicat 270 (both manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 250, Irgacure 270, Irgacure 290 (all manufactured by BASF Corporation), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,由下述結構式表示之化合物亦可作為較佳例舉出。 [化學式38] Furthermore, compounds represented by the following structural formula can also be cited as better examples. [Formula 38]
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠應用有機鹵化化合物。作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42、2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-004605號、日本特開昭48-036281號、日本特開昭55-032070號、日本特開昭60-239736號、日本特開昭61-169835號、日本特開昭61-169837號、日本特開昭62-058241號、日本特開昭62-212401號、日本特開昭63-070243號、日本特開昭63-298339號、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中記載之化合物,尤其可舉出由三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:S-三𠯤化合物。 更佳為至少1個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與s-三𠯤環鍵結之s-三𠯤衍生物、具體而言,例如,可舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-正丁基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤等。As a photoacid generator, it can also be used with organic halogenated compounds. As organic halogenated compounds, specific examples include Wakabayashi et al.'s "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42, 2924 (1969), US Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-004605, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-036281, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 55-032070, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-058241, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-070243, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-298339, and M.P. Hutt's "Jurnal of Heterocyclic Compounds described in Chemistry 1 (No. 3), (1970), etc., especially trihalomethane-substituted oxazole compounds: S-trihalomethane compounds. More preferably, S-trihalomethane derivatives are formed by at least one mono, di, or trihalomethane-substituted methyl group bonded to an S-trihalomethane ring. Specifically, examples include 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-S-trihalomethane, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-S-trihalomethane, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-S-trihalomethane, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-S-trihalomethane, 2-n-butyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-S-trihalomethane, 2 -(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[1-(p-methoxyphenyl) [2,4-Butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-tris-2-styryl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-2-styryl-2-(p-methoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-2-styryl-2-(p-isopropoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-2-styryl-2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-2-styryl-2-(4-naphthoxynaphthyl) 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-tris, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-tris, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-tris, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-tris, etc.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠應用有機硼酸鹽化合物。作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,例如,可舉出日本特開昭62-143044號、日本特開昭62-150242號、日本特開平9-188685號、日本特開平9-188686號、日本特開平9-188710號、日本特開2000-131837、日本特開2002-107916、日本專利第2764769號、日本特願2000-310808號等各公報及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中記載之有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中記載之有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中記載之有機硼碘錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中記載之有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等中的有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等作為具體例。Organic borate compounds can also be used as photoacid generators. Examples of organic borate compounds include, for instance, Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 62-143044, 62-150242, 9-188685, 9-188686, 9-188710, 2000-131837, 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-310808, as well as Kunz, Martin, “Rad Tech’98. Proceeding April”. Organic borates described in publications such as "19-22, 1998, Chicago", organic borosilicates or organic borosilicate oxo-sterilites described in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 6-157623, 6-175564, and 6-175561, and organic borosilicate oxo-sterilites described in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 6-175554 and 6-175553. Organoboron-iodine complexes, organoboron-phosphorus complexes disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 9-188710, and organoboron transition metal coordination complexes disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 6-348011, 7-128785, 7-140589, 7-306527, and 7-292014 are examples of such organoboron transition metal coordination complexes.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠應用二碸化合物。作為二碸化合物,可舉出日本特開昭61-166544號、日本特願2001-132318公報等中記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。As a photoacid generator, disulfide compounds can also be used. Examples of disulfide compounds include those described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-166544 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, as well as diazonium compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如,可舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中記載之重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號等中記載之銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中記載之鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號中記載之錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中記載之鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中記載之硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中記載之鉮鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等。Examples of such onmium salt compounds include, for instance, S.I. Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974), and T.S. Bal et al. Diazo salts as described in al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980); ammonium salts as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055; Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 4-365049; phosphonium salts as described in the specifications of U.S. Patent Nos. 4,069,055 and 4,069,056; European Patent Nos. 104,143, 339,049, and 410,201; tin salts as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2-150848 and 2-296514; and European Patent Nos. 370,693 and 390,2... 14, European Patent No. 233,567, European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, US Patent No. 4,933,377, US Patent No. 161,811, US Patent No. 410,201, US Patent No. 339,049, US Patent No. 4,760,013, US Patent No. 4,734,444, US Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, and the strontium salt described in the specifications of each of these patents, J.V. Crivello. Selenium salts described in J.V. Crivello et al., Macromolecules, 10(6), 1307(1977), and thallium salts such as pyridinium salts and pyridinium salts described in C.S. Wen et al., Teh, Proc. Conf. Rad. Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988).
作為鎓鹽,可舉出由下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)表示之鎓鹽。 [化學式39] 在式(RI-I)中,Ar11 表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫基烷基、碳數1~12的硫基芳基。Z11 - 表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子為較佳。在式(RI-II)中,Ar21 、Ar22 表示可以各自獨立地具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫基烷基、碳數1~12的硫基芳基。Z21 - 表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性、反應性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、羧酸根離子為較佳。在式(RI-III)中,R31 、R32 、R33 表示可以各自獨立地具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,從反應性、穩定性方面考慮,較佳為芳基。作為較佳取代基,可舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫基烷基、碳數1~12的硫基芳基。Z31 - 表示1價陰離子,鹵素離子、過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、硫磺酸根離子、硫酸根離子,從穩定性、反應性方面考慮,過氯酸根離子、六氟磷酸根離子、四氟硼酸根離子、磺酸根離子、亞磺酸根離子、羧酸根離子為較佳。Examples of onium salts represented by the following general formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 39] In formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 1 to 6 substituents and having 20 or fewer carbon atoms. Examples of preferred substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkynyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryloxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, alkylamino groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, dialkylamino groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkylamide or arylamide groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, cyano groups, sulfonyl groups, thioalkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and thioaryl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - indicates a monovalent anion, including halogen ions, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, sulfinate ions, thiosulfate ions, and sulfate ions. From a stability perspective, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, and sulfinate ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 represent aryl groups with 20 or fewer carbon atoms that can each independently have 1 to 6 substituents. Examples of preferred substituents include alkyl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkynyl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryloxy groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, alkylamino groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, dialkylamino groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkylamide or arylamide groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, cyano groups, sulfonyl groups, thioalkyl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and thioaryl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 21 - represents a monovalent anion, such as halogen ions, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, sulfinate ions, thiosulfate ions, or sulfate ions. Considering stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, sulfinate ions, and carboxylate ions are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 represent aryl, alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl groups with 1 to 6 substituents and fewer than 20 carbon atoms, which can each independently have 1 to 6 substituents. Considering reactivity and stability, aryl groups are preferred. Preferred substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkynyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aryloxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, alkylamino groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, dialkylamino groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkylamide or arylamide groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, cyano groups, sulfonyl groups, thioalkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and thioaryl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - indicates a monovalent anion, including halogen ions, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, sulfinate ions, thiosulfate ions, and sulfate ions. Considering stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonate ions, sulfinate ions, and carboxylate ions are preferred.
作為具體例,可舉出以下例子。 [化學式40] [化學式41] [化學式42] [化學式43] As a specific example, the following example can be given. [Chemical Formula 40] [Chemical Formula 41] [Chemical Formula 42] [Chemical Formula 43]
包含光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分,係0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產生劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光酸產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive acid generator is included, its content relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1-30% by mass, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, and even more preferably 2-15% by mass. The photosensitive acid generator may contain only one type or may contain two or more types. When two or more photosensitive acid generators are included, their total content within the above range is preferred.
〔光鹼產生劑〕 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以包含光鹼產生劑作為感光劑。 亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由感光性樹脂組成物含有光鹼產生劑和後述交聯劑,例如,利用產生於曝光部之鹼促進特定樹脂的環化且促進交聯劑的交聯反應等作用,藉此曝光部比非曝光部更不易藉由顯影液被去除。根據該種態樣,能夠獲得負浮雕圖案。[Photoalkali generator] The photosensitive resin composition of this invention may include a photoalkali generator as a photosensitizer. Alternatively, it can be configured such that, by containing a photoalkali generator and a crosslinking agent (described later) in the photosensitive resin composition, for example, by utilizing the alkali generated in the exposed area to promote the cyclization of a specific resin and the crosslinking reaction of the crosslinking agent, the exposed area is less susceptible to removal by the developing solution than the unexposed area. According to this configuration, a negative relief pattern can be obtained.
作為光鹼產生劑,只要藉由曝光產生鹼,則並沒有特別限定,能夠使用公知者。 例如,如M.Shirai and M.Tsunooka, Prog.Polym.Sci.,21,1(1996);角岡正弘,高分子加工,46,2(1997);C.Kutal,Coord.Chem.Rev.,211,353(2001);Y.Kaneko,A.Sarker, and D.Neckers,Chem.Mater.,11,170(1999);H.Tachi,M.Shirai, and M.Tsunooka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,13,153(2000);M.Winkle, and K.Graziano,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,3,419(1990);M.Tsunooka,H.Tachi, and S.Yoshitaka,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,9,13(1996);K.Suyama,H.Araki,M.Shirai,J.Photopolym.Sci.Technol.,19,81(2006)中記載,能夠舉出過渡金屬化合物錯合物、具有銨鹽等結構之物質、脒部分藉由與羧酸形成鹽而被潛在化者之類的鹼成分藉由形成鹽而被中和之離子性化合物、胺甲酸酯衍生物、肟酯衍生物、醯基化合物等鹼成分藉由胺基甲酸酯鍵或肟鍵等而被潛在化之非離子性化合物。 本發明中,作為光鹼產生劑,可舉出胺甲酸酯衍生物、醯胺衍生物、醯亞胺衍生物、α鈷錯合物類、咪唑衍生物、肉桂醯胺衍生物、肟衍生物等作為更佳例。As a photoalkali generator, there are no particular restrictions as long as alkali is produced through exposure; it can be used by any known party. For example, M. Shirai and M. Tsunooka, Prog. Polym. Sci., 21, 1 (1996); Masahiro Kakuoka, Polymer Processing, 46, 2 (1997); C. Kutal, Coord. Chem. Rev., 211, 353 (2001); Y. Kaneko, A. Sarker, and D. Neckers, Chem. Mater., 11, 170 (1999); H. Tachi, M. Shirai, and M. Tsunooka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 13, 153 (2000); M. Winkle, and K. Graziano, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 3, 419 (1990); M. Tsunooka, H. Tachi, and S. Yoshitaka, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 9, 13 (1996); K. Suyama, H. Araki, M. Shirai, J. Photopolym. Sci. Technol., 19, 81 (2006) describe examples of ionic compounds in which the base component is neutralized by salt formation, such as transition metal complexes, substances with structures like ammonium salts, and compounds whose base component is potentially neutralized by salt formation with carboxylic acids, as well as nonionic compounds such as carbamate derivatives, oxime derivatives, and acetylated compounds whose base component is potentially neutralized by carbamate or oxime bonds. In this invention, carbamate derivatives, amide derivatives, amide derivatives, α-cobalt complexes, imidazole derivatives, cinnamamide derivatives, oxime derivatives, etc., can be cited as preferred examples as photoalkali generators.
作為從光鹼產生劑產生之鹼性物質,並沒有特別限定,可舉出具有胺基之化合物,尤其是單胺、二胺等多胺,以及脒等。 從醯亞胺化率的觀點考慮,上述鹼性物質係共軛酸的DMSO(二甲基亞碸)中的pKa大者為較佳。上述pKa係1以上為較佳,3以上為更佳。上述pKa的上限並沒有特別限定,20以下為較佳。 在此,上述pKa表示酸的第一解離常數的倒數的對數,能夠參考Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(作者:Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.編撰:Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.;Academic Press, New York, 1955)、Data for Biochemical Research(作者:Dawson, R.M.C.et al;Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959)中記載的值。關於未記載於該等文獻之化合物,將利用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製)的軟體並藉由結構式算出的值用作pKa。The alkaline substance produced from the photoalkali generator is not particularly limited; examples include compounds with amine groups, especially polyamines such as monoamines and diamines, as well as amidines. From the perspective of acetylation rate, a higher pKa is preferred for the aforementioned alkaline substance, specifically DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) containing conjugated acids. A pKa of 1 or higher is preferred, and 3 or higher is even better. There is no particular upper limit to the pKa, but 20 or lower is preferred. Here, pKa represents the logarithm of the reciprocal of the first dissociation constant of the acid, and can be found in *Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods* (authors: Brown, H. C., McDaniel, D. H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F. C.; edited by Braude, E. A., Nachod, F. C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955) and *Data for Biochemical Research* (authors: Dawson, R.M.C. et al.; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959). For compounds not described in these publications, the pKa will be calculated using ACD/pKa software (made by ACD/Labs) and derived from the structural formula.
從感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性的觀點考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,在結構中不含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳,光鹼產生劑中產生之鹼部分的氮原子上沒有電荷為較佳。作為光鹼產生劑,所產生之鹼利用共價鍵被潛在化為較佳,鹼的產生機理係所產生之鹼部分的氮原子與相鄰原子之間的共價鍵被切斷而產生鹼之機理為較佳。若為在結構中不含鹽之光鹼產生劑,則能夠使光鹼產生劑成為中性,因此溶劑溶解性更良好,使用期限得到延長。從該種理由考慮,從用於本發明中之光鹼產生劑產生之胺係一級胺或二級胺為較佳。 又,從圖案的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,在結構中包含鹽之光鹼產生劑為較佳。From the perspective of the storage stability of photosensitive resin components, it is preferable to use a photoalkali generator that does not contain salt in its structure, and preferably, the nitrogen atom of the alkali portion produced in the photoalkali generator should not have an electric charge. As a photoalkali generator, it is preferable that the produced alkali is latent through covalent bonding, and the alkali generation mechanism should ideally involve the cleavage of the covalent bonds between the nitrogen atom of the alkali portion and its neighboring atoms. If the photoalkali generator does not contain salt in its structure, it can be made neutral, thus resulting in better solvent solubility and an extended shelf life. For this reason, it is preferable that the amine produced by the photoalkali generator used in this invention is a primary or secondary amine. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the resistance of the pattern to chemicals, it is preferable that the photoalkali generator contains a salt in its structure.
又,從上述理由考慮,作為光鹼產生劑,如上產生之鹼利用共價鍵被潛在化為較佳,所產生之鹼利用醯胺鍵、胺甲酸酯鍵、肟鍵被潛在化為較佳。 作為本發明之光鹼產生劑,例如,可舉出如日本特開2009-080452號公報及國際公開第2009/123122號中公開之具有肉桂醯胺結構之光鹼產生劑、如日本特開2006-189591號公報及日本特開2008-247747號公報中公開之具有胺甲酸酯結構之光鹼產生劑、如日本特開2007-249013號公報及日本特開2008-003581號公報中公開之具有肟結構、胺甲醯基肟結構之光鹼產生劑等,但並不限定於該等,除此以外,能夠使用公知的光鹼產生劑的結構。Furthermore, considering the above reasons, as a photoalkali generator, it is preferable that the generated alkali is potentially converted into a covalent bond, and it is preferable that the generated alkali is potentially converted into a amide bond, carbamate bond, or oxime bond. Examples of photoalkali generators of the present invention include, for example, those with a cinnamylamine structure disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-080452 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2009/123122; those with a carbamate structure disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-189591 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-247747; and those with an oxime structure or an aminomethyloxime structure disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-249013 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-003581. However, the invention is not limited to these examples. In addition, known photoalkali generator structures can be used.
此外,作為光鹼產生劑,可舉出日本特開2012-093746號公報的0185~0188、0199~0200及0202段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-194205號公報的0022~0069段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-204019號公報的0026~0074段中記載之化合物、以及國際公開第2010/064631號的0052段中記載之化合物作為例子。In addition, as photoalkali generators, examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0185-0188, 0199-0200 and 0202 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-093746, compounds described in paragraphs 0022-0069 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-194205, compounds described in paragraphs 0026-0074 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-204019, and compounds described in paragraph 0052 of International Publication No. 2010/064631.
此外,作為光鹼產生劑,可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可舉出WPBG-266、WPBG-300、WPGB-345、WPGB-140、WPBG-165、WPBG-027、WPBG-018、WPGB-015、WPBG-041、WPGB-172、WPGB-174、WPBG-166、WPGB-158、WPGB-025、WPGB-168、WPGB-167、WPBG-082(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、A2502、B5085、N0528、N1052、O0396、O0447、O0448(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)等。In addition, commercially available products can be used as photoalkali generators. Examples of commercially available products include WPBG-266, WPBG-300, WPGB-345, WPGB-140, WPBG-165, WPBG-027, WPBG-018, WPGB-015, WPBG-041, WPGB-172, WPGB-174, WPBG-166, WPGB-158, WPGB-025, WPGB-168, WPGB-167, WPBG-082 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), A2502, B5085, N0528, N1052, O0396, O0447, and O0448 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
包含光鹼產生劑時,其含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光鹼產生劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上光鹼產生劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoalkali generator is included, its content relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 15% by mass. The photoalkali generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photoalkali generators are included, their total content within the above range is preferred.
<熱聚合起始劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基,並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述加熱製程中,亦能夠使樹脂及交聯劑進行聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。<Thermal Polymerization Initiator> The composition of this invention may include a thermal polymerization initiator, and more particularly, a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals through thermal energy, thereby initiating or promoting the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the resin and crosslinking agent can also undergo polymerization reactions during the heating process described later, thus further improving solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。As a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-063554 can be cited as examples.
包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 5 to 15% by mass. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one type or may contain two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱產生酸,促進選自具有羥甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少1種化合物的交聯反應。<Thermal Acid Generator> The composition of this invention may include a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the following effect: by generating acid upon heating, it promotes cross-linking reactions of at least one compound selected from compounds having hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl, or acetomethyl groups, epoxides, oxocyclobutanes, and benzo[a] compounds.
熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇在將組成物塗佈於基板上之後的乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不會產生酸而在之後的曝光、顯影中形成圖案之後的最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)時產生酸之物質作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此較佳。 將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中,以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃時,求出溫度最低的發熱峰的峰溫度作為熱分解開始溫度。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時使用的機器,可舉出Q2000(TA Instruments Inc.製)等。The thermal decomposition initiation temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50℃~270℃, and more preferably 50℃~250℃. Furthermore, if a substance that does not generate acid during drying (pre-baking: approximately 70~140℃) after the composition is applied to the substrate but generates acid during the final heating (curing: approximately 100~400℃) after pattern formation during subsequent exposure and development is selected as the thermal acid generator, the decrease in sensitivity during development can be suppressed, which is therefore preferable. The thermal decomposition initiation temperature is determined by heating the thermal acid generator in a pressure-resistant capsule at 5℃/min to 500℃, and identifying the temperature at which the lowest heating peak occurs. As a machine used to measure the temperature at which thermal decomposition begins, examples include the Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments Inc.).
從熱酸產生劑產生之酸係強酸為較佳,例如,對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳基磺酸、甲烷磺酸、乙烷磺酸、丁烷磺酸等烷基磺酸、或者三氟甲烷磺酸等鹵代烷基磺酸等為較佳。作為該種熱酸產生劑的例子,可舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中記載者。The acid produced from the hot acid generator is preferably a strong acid, such as aryl sulfonic acids like p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, alkyl sulfonic acids like methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, and butanesulfonic acid, or halogenated alkyl sulfonic acids like trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. As an example of such a hot acid generator, paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935 can be cited.
其中,從在有機膜中的殘留少且不易降低有機膜物性的觀點考慮,作為熱酸產生劑,產生碳數1~4的烷基磺酸、碳數1~4的鹵代烷基磺酸之物質為更佳,甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲烷磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、3-(5-(((丙基磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲烷磺醯胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷為較佳。Among these, considering the minimal residue in organic membranes and the minimal reduction in the properties of the organic membrane, substances that produce alkyl sulfonic acids with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or halogenated alkyl sulfonic acids with 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred as hot acid generators. Examples include methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethyl strontium, methanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethyl strontium, methanesulfonic acid benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl strontium, methanesulfonic acid benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methyl strontium, methanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)strontium, and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-... Hydroxyphenyl)dimethyl strontium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethyl strontium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl strontium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methyl strontium, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)strontium, 3-(5-(((propylsulfony)oxy)imino)thiophene-2(5H)-yenyl)-2-(ortho-tolyl)propionitrile, 2,2-bis(3-(methanesulfonamide)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane are preferred.
又,將日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059中記載之化合物作為熱酸產生劑亦較佳。Furthermore, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-167742, 0059, is also preferred as a thermal acid generator.
熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上,交聯反應得到促進,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the hot acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of a specific resin, and more preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more. By containing more than 0.01 parts by weight, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, thereby further improving the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the organic membrane. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the electrical insulation of the organic membrane, 20 parts by weight or less is preferred, 15 parts by weight or less is even better, and 10 parts by weight or less is even more preferred.
<鎓鹽> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步包含鎓鹽。 尤其,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂時,包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並沒有特別限定,可較佳地舉出銨鹽、亞胺鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 該等之中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞胺鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相溶性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium Salts> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further include onium salts. In particular, when the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin, the inclusion of onium salts is preferred. The type of onium salt is not particularly limited, and ammonium salts, imine salts, strontium salts, zirconia salts, or phosphonium salts are preferred. Of these, ammonium salts or imine salts are preferred from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and strontium salts, zirconia salts, or phosphonium salts are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with polymers.
又,鎓鹽係具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子與陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在同一分子結構內具有陽離子部和陰離子部之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同分子的陽離子分子與陰離子分子進行離子鍵結之分子間鹽,但分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,上述陽離子部或陽離子分子與上述陰離子部或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可以解離。 作為鎓鹽中的陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子之群組中之至少1種陽離子為更佳。Furthermore, onmium salts are salts containing both cations and anions with an onmium structure. These cations and anions may or may not be covalently bonded. That is, onmium salts can be intramolecular salts containing both cation and anion portions within the same molecular structure, or they can be intermolecular salts consisting of ionicly bonded cation and anion molecules of different molecular weights, but intermolecular salts are preferred. Moreover, in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention, the aforementioned cation portions or cation molecules and the aforementioned anion portions or anion molecules can be bonded by ionic bonds or can be dissociated. As a cation in the onium salt, ammonium cation, pyridinium cation, strontium cation, zeolite cation, or phosphonium cation is preferred, and it is even more preferred to select at least one cation from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cation, strontium cation, and zeolite cation.
本發明中使用的鎓鹽亦可以為後述熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑表示藉由加熱產生鹼之化合物,例如,可舉出若加熱至40℃以上則產生鹼之化合物等。 作為鎓鹽,例如,可舉出國際公開第2018/043262號的0122~0138段中記載之鎓鹽等。又,除此以外,亦能夠無特別限制地使用可在聚醯亞胺前驅物領域中使用之鎓鹽。The onium salt used in this invention can also be a thermal alkali generator, as described later. A thermal alkali generator refers to a compound that produces alkali upon heating; for example, compounds that produce alkali when heated to above 40°C. As an onium salt, examples include those described in paragraphs 0122 to 0138 of International Publication No. 2018/043262. Furthermore, onium salts that can be used in the field of polyimide precursors can also be used without particular restriction.
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽時,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為再進一步較佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為再進一步較佳,可以為5質量%以下,亦可以為4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a cyclonite, the content of the cyclonite relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, further preferably 0.85% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, further preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less, and can be 5% by mass or less, or even 4% by mass or less. One or more cyclonite salts can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount within the above range is preferred.
<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂時,包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 熱鹼產生劑可以為符合上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以為除上述鎓鹽以外的其他熱鹼產生劑。 作為除上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑,可舉出非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可舉出由式(B1)或式(B2)表示之化合物。 [化學式44] <Thermal Alkali Generator> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further include a thermal alkali generator. In particular, it is preferable to include a thermal alkali generator when the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin. The thermal alkali generator may be a compound conforming to the above-mentioned onium salt, or it may be a thermal alkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salt. As a thermal alkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salt, nonionic thermal alkali generators can be cited. As a nonionic thermal alkali generator, compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 44]
在式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基團、鹵素原子或氫原子。其中,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 均不具有羧基。此外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構係指3價氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系碳原子共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子係形成羰基之碳原子時,亦即在與氮原子一同形成醯胺基時,不限於此。In formulas (B1) and (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 are independently organic groups, halogen atoms, or hydrogen atoms that do not possess a tertiary amine structure. Rb1 and Rb2 cannot simultaneously be hydrogen atoms. Furthermore, Rb1 , Rb2 , and Rb3 do not possess a carboxyl group. In addition, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure where all three bonds of the trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to hydrocarbon carbon atoms. Therefore, this is not a limitation when the bonded carbon atoms are carbon atoms forming a carbonyl group, i.e., when they form an amide group together with the nitrogen atom.
式(B1)、(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 中的至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或2個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環係5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為更佳。單環係環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formulas (B1) and (B2), it is preferable that at least one of Rb1 , Rb2, and Rb3 contains a cyclic structure, and it is even more preferable that at least two contain a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure can be either a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by the condensation of two monocyclic rings. A 5-membered or 6-membered ring is preferred, with a 6-membered ring being more preferred. A cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring is preferred, with a cyclohexane ring being more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。Rb1 與Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。尤其,Rb1 及Rb2 係可具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably with 1-24 carbon atoms, more preferably with 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably with 3-12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably with 2-24 carbon atoms, more preferably with 2-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably with 3-12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably with 6-22 carbon atoms, more preferably with 6-18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably with 6-10 carbon atoms), or aralkyl groups (preferably with 7-25 carbon atoms, more preferably with 7-19 carbon atoms, and even more preferably with 7-12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention. Rb1 and Rb2 may bond to each other to form a ring. A nitrogen-containing heterocycle with 4-7 members is preferred as the formed ring. In particular, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are preferably straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups with substituents (preferably 1 to 24 carbons, more preferably 2 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbons), preferably cyclic alkyl groups with substituents (preferably 3 to 24 carbons, more preferably 3 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably 3 to 12 carbons), and preferably cyclohexyl groups with substituents.
作為Rb3 ,可舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基、芳烷氧基為較佳。Rb3 可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內進一步具有取代基。Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl groups (preferably with 1-24 carbons, more preferably with 2-18 carbons, and even more preferably with 3-12 carbons), aryl groups (preferably with 6-22 carbons, more preferably with 6-18 carbons, and even more preferably with 6-10 carbons), alkenyl groups (preferably with 2-24 carbons, more preferably with 2-12 carbons, and even more preferably with 2-6 carbons), aralkyl groups (preferably with 7-23 carbons, more preferably with 7-19 carbons, and even more preferably with 7-12 carbons), and aromatic groups. The preferred substituents are alkenyl (preferably 8-24 carbons, more preferably 8-20, and even more preferably 8-16 carbons), alkoxy (preferably 1-24 carbons, more preferably 2-18, and even more preferably 3-12 carbons), aryloxy (preferably 6-22 carbons, more preferably 6-18, and even more preferably 6-12 carbons), or arylalkoxy (preferably 7-23 carbons, more preferably 7-19, and even more preferably 7-12 carbons). Cycloalkyl (preferably 3-24 carbons, more preferably 3-18, and even more preferably 3-12 carbons), arylalkenyl, and arylalkoxy are preferred. Rb3 may further have substituents within the scope of the invention's effects.
由式(B1)表示之化合物係由下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式45] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably represented by either formula (B1-1) or formula (B1-2) below. [Chemical Formula 45]
式中,Rb11 及Rb12 和Rb31 及Rb32 的含義分別與式(B1)中的Rb1 及Rb2 相同。 Rb13 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),可以在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內具有取代基。其中,Rb13 係芳烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb 11 and Rb 12 , and Rb 31 and Rb 32 have the same meanings as Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb 13 is an alkyl group (preferably with 1 to 24 carbons, more preferably with 2 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably with 3 to 12 carbons), an alkenyl group (preferably with 2 to 24 carbons, more preferably with 2 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably with 3 to 12 carbons), an aryl group (preferably with 6 to 22 carbons, more preferably with 6 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably with 6 to 12 carbons), or an aralkyl group (preferably with 7 to 23 carbons, more preferably with 7 to 19 carbons, and even more preferably with 7 to 12 carbons), and may have substituents within the scope of achieving the effects of the present invention. Among them, it is preferred that Rb 13 is an aralkyl group.
Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。Rb 33 and Rb 34 are respectively independently hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably with 1 to 12 carbons, more preferably with 1 to 8 carbons, and even more preferably with 1 to 3 carbons), alkenyl groups (preferably with 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably with 2 to 8 carbons, and even more preferably with 2 to 3 carbons), aryl groups (preferably with 6 to 22 carbons, more preferably with 6 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably with 6 to 10 carbons), aralkyl groups (preferably with 7 to 23 carbons, more preferably with 7 to 19 carbons, and even more preferably with 7 to 11 carbons), and hydrogen atoms are preferred.
Rb35 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 series alkyl (1-24 carbons are preferred, 1-12 are more preferred, 3-8 are even more preferred), alkenyl (2-12 carbons are preferred, 2-10 are more preferred, 3-8 are even more preferred), aryl (6-22 carbons are preferred, 6-18 are more preferred, 6-12 are even more preferred), aralkyl (7-23 carbons are preferred, 7-19 are more preferred, 7-12 are even more preferred), aryl is preferred.
由式(B1-1)表示之化合物係由式(B1-1a)表示之化合物亦較佳。 [化學式46] The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is preferred over the compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 46]
Rb11 及Rb12 的含義與式(B1-1)中Rb11 及Rb12 相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 係烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中芳基為較佳。The meanings of Rb 11 and Rb 12 are the same as those of Rb 11 and Rb 12 in formula (B1-1). Rb 15 and Rb 16 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably with 1 to 12 carbons, more preferably with 1 to 6 carbons, and even more preferably with 1 to 3 carbons), alkenyl groups (preferably with 2 to 12 carbons, more preferably with 2 to 6 carbons, and even more preferably with 2 to 3 carbons), aryl groups (preferably with 6 to 22 carbons, more preferably with 6 to 18 carbons, and even more preferably with 6 to 10 carbons), aralkyl groups (preferably with 7 to 23 carbons, more preferably with 7 to 19 carbons, and even more preferably with 7 to 11 carbons), hydrogen atoms, or methyl groups. Rb 17 series alkyl (preferably 1-24 carbons, more preferably 1-12, and even more preferably 3-8 carbons), alkenyl (preferably 2-12 carbons, more preferably 2-10, and even more preferably 3-8 carbons), aryl (preferably 6-22 carbons, more preferably 6-18, and even more preferably 6-12 carbons), aralkyl (preferably 7-23 carbons, more preferably 7-19, and even more preferably 7-12 carbons), wherein aryl is preferred.
非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量係800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。For nonionic thermal alkali generators, a molecular weight of 800 or less is preferred, 600 or less is even better, and 500 or less is still preferred. As a lower limit, a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferred, 200 or more is even better, and 300 or more is still even better.
作為上述鎓鹽中作為熱鹼產生劑的化合物的具體例或除上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑的具體例,能夠舉出以下化合物。The following compounds can be cited as specific examples of compounds that are thermal alkali generators among the above-mentioned onium salts, or as specific examples of thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts.
[化學式47] [Chemical Formula 47]
[化學式48] [Chemical Formula 48]
[化學式49] [Chemical Formula 49]
其他熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other alkali-generating agents relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1% by mass or more is further preferred. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, and 20% by mass or less is further preferred. One or more alkali-generating agents can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含交聯劑為較佳。 作為交聯劑,可舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。<Crosslinking Agent> It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention contains a crosslinking agent. Examples of crosslinking agents include free radical crosslinkers or other crosslinking agents.
<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑係具有自由基聚合性基團之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基團,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 該等之中,作為包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。<Free Radical Crosslinker> It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes a free radical crosslinker. The free radical crosslinker is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As a free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylene unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of groups containing ethylene unsaturated bonds include vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, and (meth)acrylonitrile groups. Among these, (meth)acrylonitrile is preferred as a group containing the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds, and from a reactivity point of view, (meth)acrylonitrileoxy is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑係具有1個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有2個包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物係具有3個以上包含上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。The free radical crosslinker is a compound having one or more ethylene unsaturated bonds, and preferably a compound having two or more ethylene unsaturated bonds. A compound having two ethylene unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two groups containing the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes a compound having three or more ethylene unsaturated bonds as a free radical crosslinker. As compounds having three or more of the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds, compounds having 3 to 15 ethylene unsaturated bonds are preferred, compounds having 3 to 10 ethylene unsaturated bonds are even more preferred, and compounds having 3 to 6 ethylene unsaturated bonds are further preferred. Furthermore, compounds having three or more of the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds are preferably compounds having three or more groups containing the aforementioned ethylene unsaturated bonds, compounds having 3 to 15 are more preferred, compounds having 3 to 10 are further preferred, and compounds having 3 to 6 are particularly preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern, it is also preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains compounds having two ethylene unsaturated bonds and compounds having three or more of the above-mentioned ethylene unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限係100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the free radical crosslinker is preferably below 2,000, even better below 1,500, and further preferably below 900. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the free radical crosslinker is preferably above 100.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)及其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦為較佳。又,作為另一例,亦能夠使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等取代之化合物群來替代上述不飽和羧酸。作為具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinkers include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) and their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyols, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamines. Furthermore, addition reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl, amino, or hydrogen thio groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reactions with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, are also preferred. Furthermore, addition reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols are preferred, as are substitution reactions of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having deionizing substituents such as halogen groups or toluenesulfonoxy groups with monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, or thiols. As another example, compounds substituted with unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, etc., can also be used to replace the aforementioned unsaturated carboxylic acids. For specific examples, please refer to paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
又,自由基交聯劑係在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為其例,能夠舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)三聚異氰酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中記載之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;以及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中記載之化合物亦較佳。又,亦能夠舉出使多官能羧酸與(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Furthermore, free radical crosslinkers are preferably compounds with a boiling point above 100°C at normal pressure. Examples include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethyl ethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl tetramethyl acrylate, neopentyl tetramethyl acrylate, dinepentyl tetramethyl acrylate, dinepentyl tetramethyl acrylate, dinepentyl tetramethyl acrylate, hexanediol (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethyl propane tri(acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloyloxyethyl) trimerocyanate, glycerol, or trihydroxymethyl ethane, which are added to polyfunctional alcohols to form ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, followed by (meth)acrylate addition. Esterified compounds, such as (meth)acrylate aminocarbamates disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publications Nos. 48-041708, 50-006034, and 51-037193, polyester acrylates disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publications Nos. 48-064183, 49-043191, and 52-030490, multifunctional acrylates or methacrylates that are products of the reaction between epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid; and mixtures thereof. Furthermore, compounds disclosed in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. Furthermore, examples include polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting polyfunctional carboxylic acids with compounds such as (meth)acrylate glycidyl esters, which have cyclic ether groups and vinyl unsaturated bonds.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳之自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物、卡多(cardo)樹脂。Furthermore, as a better free radical crosslinking agent besides the above, compounds having a ring and having two or more ethylene-unsaturated groups, as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-129825, and Japanese Patent No. 4364216, as well as cardo resin, can also be used.
進而,作為其他例子,亦能夠舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中記載之特定的不飽和化合物、日本特開平02-025493號公報中記載之乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中記載之包含全氟烷基之化合物。進而,亦能夠使用“Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan”vol.20,No.7,300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物所介紹者。Furthermore, as other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication Nos. 46-043946, 01-040337, and 01-040336, as well as vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 02-025493, can also be used. Additionally, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-022048 can also be used. Furthermore, those described as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in the "Journal of the Adhesion Society of Japan" vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中記載之化合物,該等內容編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-034964 and compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, may also be used more readily.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載之如下化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑:在多官能醇中加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。Furthermore, the following compounds, which are described together with specific examples of formulas (1) and (2) in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-062986, can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents: compounds obtained by esterification of (meth)acrylate after the addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol.
進而,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中記載之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容編入本說明書中。Furthermore, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-187211 can also be used as free radical crosslinking agents, and such contents are incorporated in this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,係KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,係KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,係KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,係KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製,A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等寡聚物類型。As free radical crosslinking agents, dinepentylenetetraacrylate (commercially available product, manufactured by KAYARAD D-330; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dinepentylenetetraacrylate (commercially available product, manufactured by KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and A-TMMT: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dinepentylenetetraacrylate penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available product, manufactured by KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dinepentylenetetraacrylate hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available product, manufactured by KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and A-DPH: Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) are used. (Made by Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acrylic acid groups are bonded by ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues is preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可舉出Sartomer Company,Inc製的作為具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯的SR-494、作為具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的Sartomer Company,Inc製SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製的作為具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製)等。Commercially available free radical crosslinking agents include, for example, SR-494 (a tetrafunctional acrylate with four ethoxy groups) manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.; SR-209, 231, and 239 (a difunctional methacrylate with four ethoxy groups) manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.; DPCA-60 (a hexafunctional acrylate with six pentyloyl groups) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; TPA-330 (a trifunctional acrylate with three isopyloyl groups); carbamate oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.); NK ESTER M-40G; NK ESTER 4G; NK ESTER M-9300; and NK ESTER... A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (NOF CORPORATION.) etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As free radical crosslinking agents, urethane ester acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, and urethane ester compounds with an ethylene oxide backbone described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. Furthermore, as a free radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino group structure or a sulfide structure within the molecule as described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物係作為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇的化合物。作為市售品,例如,可舉出M-510、M-520等作為TOAGOSEI CO.,Ltd.製多元酸改質丙烯酸類寡聚物。Free radical crosslinkers can be free radical crosslinkers containing acid groups such as carboxyl groups and phosphate groups. Among free radical crosslinkers containing acid groups, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids are preferred, and free radical crosslinkers that react the unreacted hydroxyl groups of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds with non-aromatic carboxylic anhydrides to form acid groups are even more preferred. Particularly preferred are free radical crosslinkers that react the unreacted hydroxyl groups of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds with non-aromatic carboxylic anhydrides to form acid groups, wherein the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a neopentyl tetrol or dinepentyl tetrol. Commercially available examples include M-510 and M-520, which are used by TOAGOSEI CO., Ltd. to manufacture polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。另一方面,從進行鹼顯影時的顯影速度的觀點考慮,具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,特佳為1~100mgKOH/g。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of a free radical crosslinker containing an acid group is 0.1–40 mg KOH/g, and particularly preferably 5–30 mg KOH/g. When the acid value of the free radical crosslinker is within the above range, it exhibits excellent manufacturability and consequently excellent developing properties. Furthermore, it demonstrates good polymerizability. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developing speed during alkaline developing, the preferred acid value of a free radical crosslinker containing an acid group is 0.1–300 mg KOH/g, and particularly preferably 1–100 mg KOH/g. The above acid values were determined according to JIS K 0070:1992.
從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可以根據需要混合使用2種以上。 又,從抑制伴隨圖案的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲的觀點考慮,能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、卡必醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。From the perspectives of pattern resolution and film stretchability, it is preferable to use difunctional methacrylates or acrylates in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol diacrylate, polytetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol are also acceptable. Dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloxypropyl methacrylate, EO-modified dimethacrylate of isocyanuric acid, EO-modified dimethacrylate of isocyanuric acid, other difunctional acrylates having ethyl carbamate bonds, and difunctional methacrylates having ethyl carbamate bonds. Two or more of these can be used in combination as needed. Furthermore, from the perspective of suppressing warping caused by the elastic modulus control of the accompanying pattern, monofunctional free radical crosslinkers can be better used as free radical crosslinkers. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, the following are preferred: n-butyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, butoxyethyl methacrylate, carbitol methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, phenoxyethyl methacrylate, N-hydroxymethyl methacrylamide, glycidyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and other methacrylic acid derivatives, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcaprolactone and other N-vinyl compounds, allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, trimellitic acid triallyl and other allyl compounds. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinker, compounds with a boiling point above 100°C at normal pressure are preferred in order to suppress volatilization before exposure.
含有自由基交聯劑時,其含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為更佳。上限係50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When free radical crosslinkers are present, it is preferable that their content, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, is more than 0% by mass and less than 60% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50% by mass or less, and less than 30% by mass or less is even more preferred.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。同時使用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。Free radical crosslinkers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more at the same time, it is better to keep their total amount within the range mentioned above.
<其他交聯劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑表示除上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,係在分子內具有複數個藉由上述感光性劑的感光而促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為較佳,係在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基團之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼係從在曝光製程中為感光劑的光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於氮原子之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可舉出具有如下結構之化合物:使三聚氰胺、乙炔脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含胺基化合物與甲醛進行反應或使甲醛與醇進行反應並用羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子。該等化合物的製造方法並沒有特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同結構之化合物即可。又,可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 作為上述之含胺基化合物,將使用三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用乙炔脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 該等之中,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述乙炔脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳。<Other Crosslinking Agents> Preferably, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention includes other crosslinking agents different from the aforementioned free radical crosslinking agents. In this invention, "other crosslinking agents" refers to crosslinking agents other than the aforementioned free radical crosslinking agents. Preferably, these are compounds having a plurality of groups within the molecule that react with the photosensitivity of the aforementioned photosensitizer (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). More preferably, these are compounds having a plurality of groups within the molecule that react with the action of an acid or alkali (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). Preferably, the aforementioned acid or alkali is an acid or alkali generated from a photoacid generator or photoalkali generator used as a photosensitizer in the exposure process. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl groups are preferred, and compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl groups is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom are even more preferred. As other crosslinking agents, examples include compounds having the following structure: reacting amine-containing compounds such as melamine, acetylenurea, urea, alkyl urea, and benzoguanidine with formaldehyde, or reacting formaldehyde with an alcohol and replacing the hydrogen atom of the aforementioned amine group with a hydroxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group. The method of manufacturing these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as the compound has the same structure as the compound manufactured by the above method. Furthermore, oligomers formed by the self-condensation of the hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds can also be used. As for the aforementioned amine-containing compounds, crosslinkers using melamine are referred to as melamine-based crosslinkers, crosslinkers using acetylene urea, urea, or alkylene urea are referred to as urea-based crosslinkers, crosslinkers using alkylene urea are referred to as alkylene urea-based crosslinkers, and crosslinkers using benzoguanidine are referred to as benzoguanidine-based crosslinkers. Among these, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of urea-based crosslinkers and melamine-based crosslinkers, and it is even more preferable that it comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acetylene urea-based crosslinkers and melamine-based crosslinkers described below.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of melamine-based crosslinking agents include hexamethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, hexapropoxymethyl melamine, and hexabutoxybutyl melamine.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化乙炔脲、二羥甲基化乙炔脲、三羥甲基化乙炔脲、四羥甲基化乙炔脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四甲氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四乙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、四丙氧基甲基化乙炔脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、二丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲、三丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲或四丁氧基甲基化乙炔脲等乙炔脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化乙烯脲或二羥甲基化乙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化乙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化乙烯脲等乙烯脲系交聯劑、 單羥甲基化丙烯脲、二羥甲基化丙烯脲、單甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二甲氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二乙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、二丙氧基甲基化丙烯脲、單丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲或二丁氧基甲基化丙烯脲等丙烯脲系交聯劑、 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of urea crosslinkers include, for instance, monohydroxymethylated ethynylurea, dihydroxymethylated ethynylurea, trihydroxymethylated ethynylurea, tetrahydroxymethylated ethynylurea, monomethoxymethylated ethynylurea, dimethoxymethylated ethynylurea, trimethoxymethylated ethynylurea, tetramethoxymethylated ethynylurea, monoethoxymethylated ethynylurea, diethoxymethylated ethynylurea, triethoxymethylated ethynylurea, and tetraethoxymethylated ethynylurea. Acetylene urea crosslinking agents including monopropoxymethylated acetylenoid, dipropoxymethylated acetylenoid, tripropoxymethylated acetylenoid, tetrapropoxymethylated acetylenoid, monobutoxymethylated acetylenoid, dibutoxymethylated acetylenoid, tributoxymethylated acetylenoid, or tetrabutoxymethylated acetylenoid; Urea crosslinking agents including dimethoxymethylurea, diethoxymethylurea, dipropoxymethylurea, and dibutoxymethylurea; Monohexylmethylated acetylenoid. Vinylurea crosslinking agents such as dihydroxymethylated vinylurea, monomethoxymethylated vinylurea, dimethoxymethylated vinylurea, monoethoxymethylated vinylurea, diethoxymethylated vinylurea, monopropoxymethylated vinylurea, dipropoxymethylated vinylurea, monobutoxymethylated vinylurea, or dibutoxymethylated vinylurea; Acrylamide crosslinking agents such as monohydroxymethylated propylene urea, dihydroxymethylated propylene urea, monomethoxymethylated propylene urea, dimethoxymethylated propylene urea, monoethoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea, or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea; 1,3-Di(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidineone, 1,3-di(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidineone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如,可舉出單羥甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of benzoguanidine crosslinking agents include, for example, monohydroxymethylated benzoguanidine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanidine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanidine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanidine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, monoethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, diethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, triethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanidine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanidine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanidine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanidine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanidine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanidine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanidine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanidine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanidine.
此外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團之化合物,亦能夠較佳地使用將選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基之群組中之至少1種基團直接鍵結於芳香環(較佳為苯環)之化合物。 作為該種化合物的具體例,可舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥甲基)甲酚、雙(羥甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥甲基)二苯甲酮、羥甲基苯甲酸羥甲基苯、雙(羥甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2-三氟-1-(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2-羥基-1,3-苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。Furthermore, as a compound having at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl groups, it is also preferable to use a compound in which at least one group selected from the group consisting of hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl groups is directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring). Specific examples of such compounds include benzenediethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylbenzene hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, and bis(methoxymethyl)diphenylbenzene. Ketones, methoxymethylbenzoic acid, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4’,4’’-ethylenetri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5’-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3’,5,5’-tetra(methoxymethyl)-1,1’-biphenyl-4,4’-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,可以使用市售品,作為較佳之市售品,可舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)、NIKALAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKALACMX-280、NIKALACMX-270、NIKALACMX-279、NIKALACMW-100LM、NIKALACMX-750LM(以上為SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercially available products can be used. Among the better commercially available products are 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, and DMOM- PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark, same below) MX-290, NIKALACMX-280, NIKALACMX-270, NIKALACMX-279, NIKALACMW-100LM, NIKALACMX-750LM (all manufactured by SANWA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD), etc.
又,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦較佳。Furthermore, it is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxides, oxocyclobutanes and benzo[a] compounds as other crosslinking agents.
〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,係在一分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應且不會因交聯而發生脫水反應,因此不易引起膜收縮。因此,藉由含有環氧化合物,可有效地抑制感光性樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲。[Epoxy Compounds (Compounds Containing Epoxy Groups)] Epoxy compounds are preferably compounds with two or more epoxy groups per molecule. Epoxy groups undergo cross-linking reactions below 200°C without dehydration due to cross-linking, thus minimizing the risk of membrane shrinkage. Therefore, by containing epoxy compounds, low-temperature curing and warping of photosensitive resin components can be effectively suppressed.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步降低,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The presence of polyethylene oxide in the epoxy compound is preferred. This further reduces the elastic modulus and suppresses warping. Polyethylene oxide refers to ethylene oxide with 2 or more repeating units, with 2 to 15 repeating units being preferred.
作為環氧化合物的例子,可舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二環氧丙基醚、新戊二醇二環氧丙基醚、乙二醇二環氧丙基醚、丁二醇二環氧丙基醚、己二醇二環氧丙基醚、三羥甲基丙烷三環氧丙基醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二環氧丙基醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(環氧丙氧基丙基)矽氧烷等含環氧基矽酮等,但並不限定於該等。具體而言,可舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上商品名,DIC Corporation製)、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)BEO-60E、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)HBE-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)DME-100、RIKARESIN(註冊商標)L-200(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT400、CELVENUS(註冊商標)B0134、B0177(以上商品名,DAICEL CORPORATION製)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins; bisphenol F type epoxy resins; propylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether, ethylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether, butanediol diepoxypropyl ether, hexanediol diepoxypropyl ether, trimethylolpropane triepoxypropyl ether, etc., alkyl glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polyalkyl glycol type epoxy resins such as polypropylene glycol diepoxypropyl ether; epoxy-containing silicones such as polymethyl (epoxypropoxypropyl)siloxane, etc., but are not limited to these. Specifically, examples include EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, and EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-48. 50-150, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above product names, DIC) (Manufactured by Corporation), RIKARESIN (registered trademark) BEO-60E, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) HBE-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) DME-100, RIKARESIN (registered trademark) L-200 (trade name, manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above trade names, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT400, CELVENUS (registered trademark) B0134, B0177 (the above trade names, manufactured by DAICEL) CORPORATION), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EP PN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above trade names, Nippon Made by Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.
〔氧雜環丁烷化合物(具有氧雜環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧雜環丁烷化合物,能夠舉出在一分子中具有2個以上的氧雜環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥甲基氧雜環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧雜環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,能夠較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。[Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds containing oxycyclobutyl groups)] Examples of oxycyclobutane compounds include compounds having two or more oxycyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxycyclobutane, and 1,4-benzenediacarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methyl] ester, etc. As a specific example, the ARON OXETANE series (e.g., OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD. can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁唑基之化合物)〕 由於開環加成反應引起交聯反應,因此苯并㗁𠯤化合物在硬化時不發生脫氣,進而減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此較佳。[Benzozoline compounds (compounds containing benzoxazole groups)] Because the ring-opening addition reaction causes crosslinking, benzozoline compounds do not undergo degassing during hardening, thereby reducing thermal shrinkage and inhibiting warping, and are therefore preferred.
作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上為商品名,Shikoku Chemicals Corporation製)、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用,或者可以混合2種以上。Preferred examples of benzo[a] compounds include B-a type benzo[a], B-m type benzo[a], P-d type benzo[a], F-a type benzo[a] (trade names, manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation), benzo[a] adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and phenolic varnish-type dihydrobenzo[a] compounds. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上其他熱交聯劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1-30% by mass, more preferably 0.1-20% by mass, further preferably 0.5-15% by mass, and especially preferably 1.0-10% by mass. The other crosslinking agents may be contained in only one type or in two or more types. When two or more other thermal crosslinking agents are contained, it is preferable that their total content falls within the above range.
<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲結構之化合物> 從提高所獲得之圖案對基材的密接性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物進一步包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。<Compounds having a sulfonamide structure, compounds having a thiourea structure> From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the obtained pattern to the substrate, the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure.
〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構係由下述式(S-1)表示之結構。 [化學式50] 在式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基團,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R係與下述式(S-2)中的R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上磺醯胺結構之化合物,具有1個磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compounds possessing a sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical Formula 50] In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R can bond with other structures to form a ring structure, and * represents the bonding site with other structures independently. It is preferable that the above R is the same group as R2 in formula (S-2) below. The compound having a sulfonamide structure can be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, and a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferred.
具有磺醯胺結構之化合物係由下述式(S-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式51] 在式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R1 、R2 及R3 中的2個以上可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示1價有機基團為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、或者將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。Compounds with a sulfonamide structure, preferably those represented by the following formula (S-2), are preferred. [Chemical Formula 51] In formula (S-2), R1 , R2 , and R3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R1 , R2, and R3 can bond together to form a ring structure. It is preferable that R1 , R2 , and R3 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. Examples of R1 , R2 , and R3 include hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkyl ether groups, alkylsilyl groups, alkoxysilyl groups, aryl groups, aryl ether groups, carboxyl groups, carbonyl groups, allyl groups, vinyl groups, heterocyclic groups, or groups formed by combining two or more of these. Among the aforementioned alkyl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred, and alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are even more preferred. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of alkoxy groups include alkoxy groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably alkoxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy. Examples of alkoxysilyl groups include alkoxysilyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably alkoxysilyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxysilyl groups include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of aryl groups include those with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and those with 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl groups may have substituents such as alkyl groups. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of heterocyclic groups include those formed by removing one hydrogen atom from heterocyclic structures such as triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, succinazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isosuccinazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazolium ring, pyridine ring, pyridyl ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oxymethylene ring, dihydropiperanium ring, tetrahydropiperanium ring, and trihydropiperanium ring.
該等之中,R1 係芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among these, compounds in which R1 is aryl and R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen atoms or alkyl groups are preferred.
作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的例子,可舉出苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、磺胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘基磺醯胺、萘基-1-磺醯胺、萘基-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲磺醯胺、N-十二基甲磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁磺醯胺、2-胺基乙磺醯胺等。Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthylsulfonamide, naphthyl-1-sulfonamide, naphthyl-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzenesulfonamide, p-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, methanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylmethanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethanesulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanylsulfonamide, and 2-aminoethanesulfonamide.
〔具有硫脲結構之化合物〕 硫脲結構係由下述式(T-1)表示之結構。 [化學式52] 式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環,R4 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compounds with a thiourea structure] The thiourea structure is represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical Formula 52] In equation (T-1), R4 and R5 independently represent hydrogen atoms or monovalent organic groups, R4 and R5 can bond to form a ring, R4 can bond with other structures bonded to form a ring structure, R5 can bond with other structures bonded to form a ring structure, and * independently represent the bonding sites with other structures.
R4 及R5 分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的例子,可舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等組合2個以上而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基矽基,碳數1~10的烷氧基矽基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基矽基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基矽基,可舉出甲氧基矽基、乙氧基矽基、丙氧基矽基及丁氧基矽基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫哌喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子之基團等。 具有硫脲結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上硫脲結構之化合物,但具有1個硫脲結構之化合物為較佳。It is preferable that R4 and R5 are each an independent hydrogen atom. Examples of R4 and R5 include hydrogen atoms or groups consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl ether, alkylsilyl, alkoxysilyl, aryl, aryl ether, carboxyl, carbonyl, allyl, vinyl, heterocyclic, or combinations of two or more of these. Among the alkyl groups, those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred, and those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are even more preferred. Examples of the alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Among the cycloalkyl groups, those having 5 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred, and those having 6 to 10 carbon atoms are even more preferred. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of alkoxy groups include those with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and those with 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy. Examples of alkoxysilyl groups include those with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and those with 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkoxysilyl groups include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of aryl groups include those with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and those with 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl groups may have substituents such as alkyl groups. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of heterocyclic groups include groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from heterocyclic structures such as triazole ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, acetazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoacetazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazolium ring, pyridine ring, pyridyl ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oxomorphine ring, dihydropiperanium ring, tetrahydropiperanium ring, and trihydropiperanium ring. Compounds with a thiourea structure can be compounds with two or more thiourea structures, but compounds with one thiourea structure are preferred.
具有硫脲結構之化合物係由下述式(T-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式53] 式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價有機基團,R4 ~R7 中的至少2個可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。Compounds with a thiourea structure, preferably those represented by the following formula (T-2), are preferred. [Chemical Formula 53] In equation (T-2), R4 to R7 represent hydrogen atoms or monovalent organic groups independently, and at least two of R4 to R7 can bond with each other to form a ring structure.
式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 的含義與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地為1價有機基團為較佳。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中的1價有機基團的較佳態樣與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 的1價有機基團的較佳態樣相同。In equation (T-2), the meanings of R4 and R5 are the same as those in equation (T-1), and the preferred states are also the same. In equation (T-2), it is preferable that R6 and R7 are each independently monovalent organic groups. In equation (T-2), the preferred states of the monovalent organic groups in R6 and R7 are the same as the preferred states of the monovalent organic groups in R4 and R5 in equation (T-1).
作為具有硫脲結構之化合物的例子,可舉出N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥基乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯基硫脲、1-苄基-苯硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基矽基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯基硫脲、乙烯硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比馬唑(Carbimazole)、1,3-二甲基-2-硫代乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylacetonide, N-allyl thiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1-dalcanyl thiourea, N-benzoyl thiourea, N,N'-diphenyl thiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutyl thiourea, 1,3-diisopropyl thiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexyl thiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methyl thiourea, trimethyl thiourea, tetramethyl thiourea, N,N-diphenyl thiourea, ethylene thiourea (2-imidazoline thione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thioethenurea.
〔含量〕 相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總質量之具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的合計含量為0.05~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.2~3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以僅包含1種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物之群組中之化合物,亦可以包含2種以上。僅包含1種時,該化合物的含量在上述範圍內,包含2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The total content of the sulfonamide-based compound and the thiourea-based compound relative to the total mass of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.05-10% by mass, more preferably 0.1-5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.2-3% by mass. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain only one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds having a sulfonamide-based compound and compounds having a thiourea-based compound, or it may contain two or more compounds. When only one compound is contained, the content of that compound is within the above range; when two or more compounds are contained, the total content is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以進一步包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制源自金屬層(金屬配線)之金屬離子轉移至感光膜內。<Migration Inhibitor> It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes a migration inhibitor. By including a migration inhibitor, the transfer of metal ions originating from the metal layer (metal wiring) into the photosensitive film can be effectively inhibited.
作為遷移抑制劑,並沒有特別限制,可舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑等四唑系化合物。There are no particular limitations on its role as a migration inhibitor. Examples of such inhibitors include compounds with heterocyclic rings (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, acetazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoacetazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazolium ring, pyridine ring, pyridoxine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, oxyphenoxine ring, 2H-pyran ring and 6H-pyran ring, triazine ring), compounds with thiourea and hydrogen sulfide groups, hindered phenolic compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and acehydrazine derivative compounds. In particular, it is possible to use triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole and benzotriazole, as well as tetraazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole and 5-phenyltetrazole more effectively.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, ion trapping agents that capture anions such as halogen ions can be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the following can be used: rust inhibitors described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701; compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711; compounds described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656; compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520; and compounds described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,能夠舉出下述化合物。The following compounds can be cited as examples of migration inhibitors.
[化學式54] [Chemical Formula 54]
感光性樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass.
遷移抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。There may be only one migration inhibitor or two or more. When there are two or more migration inhibitors, it is preferable that their total number is within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization Inhibitor> It is preferable that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor.
作為聚合抑制劑,例如,可較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、甲氧基氫醌、對甲氧基苯酚、二-三級丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對三級丁基鄰苯二酚(tert-Butylcatechol)、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺鋁鹽、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘基胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己烷二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺丙基胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺第一鈰鹽、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥基胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-三級丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-三級丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、1,1-二苯基-2-苦肼基、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥基胺銨鹽、N,N’-二苯基-對伸苯基二胺、2,4-二-三級丁基苯酚、二-三級丁基羥基甲苯、1,4-萘醌等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中記載之聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中記載之化合物。As polymerization inhibitors, hydroquinone, ortho-methoxyphenol, methoxyhydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, gallnut phenol, tert-Butylcatechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), and 2,2'-methylene can be preferably used, for example. Bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenanthrene, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylene glycol etherdiaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tertiary butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1- Naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine monocyanate, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxyamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-trimethylbutyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-trimethylbutyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-(1H) The following compounds can be used: (3H,5H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxy radical, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl, copper(II) dibutyldithiocarbamate, nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxyamine ammonium salt, N,N'-diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4-di-tertiary butylphenol, di-tertiary butylhydroxytoluene, 1,4-naphthoquinone, etc. Furthermore, polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。Furthermore, the following compounds can be used (Me is methyl).
[化學式55] [Chemical Formula 55]
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分之聚合抑制劑的含量可舉出0.01~20.0質量%,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, 0.01 to 5% by mass is preferred, 0.02 to 3% by mass is more preferred, and 0.05 to 2.5% by mass is even more preferred.
聚合抑制劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be a single agent or two or more agents. When there are two or more polymerization inhibitors, it is preferable that their total amount is within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與在電極或配線等中使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。<Metal Adhesion Modifier> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention preferably includes a metal adhesion modifier for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. Examples of metal adhesion modifiers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesives, titanium-based adhesives, compounds having a sulfonylurea structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-keto ester compounds, and amino compounds.
作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中記載之化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中記載之化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, and compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-128358, it is preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Also, it is preferable to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Et represents ethyl.
[化學式56] 作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺乙基)-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。[Chemical Formula 56] Other silane coupling agents include, for example, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-epoxypropoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-epoxypropoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-epoxypropoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-epoxypropoxypropyltriethoxysilane, p-styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3- Acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureapropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-piperylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-piperylpropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙基鋁等。[Aluminum-based bonding aids] Examples of aluminum-based bonding aids include tri(ethyl acetate)aluminum, tri(acetone)aluminum, and diisopropylaluminum ethyl acetate.
作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。As a metal adhesion modifier, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935 can also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion modifier relative to 100 parts by weight of a specific resin is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. By setting it above the lower limit above, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes better; by setting it below the upper limit above, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become better. The metal adhesion modifier may be a single type or two or more types. When using two or more types, it is preferable that their total content is within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與在電極或配線等中使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫化物系化合物。<Metal Adhesion Modifier> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention preferably includes a metal adhesion modifier for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. As a metal adhesion modifier, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935 may also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於含雜環聚合物前驅物100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為0.5~15質量份的範圍,進一步較佳為0.5~5質量份的範圍。藉由設為上述下限值以上,加熱製程後的圖案與金屬層的接著性變良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,加熱製程後的硬化物的耐熱性、機械特性變良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion modifier relative to 100 parts by weight of the heterocyclic polymer precursor is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. By setting it above the lower limit above, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer after the heat treatment process is improved; by setting it below the upper limit above, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the hardened product after the heat treatment process are improved. The metal adhesion modifier may be a single type or two or more types. When using two or more types, it is preferable that their total content is within the above range.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物在可獲得本發明的效果之範圍內,能夠根據需要配合各種添加物,例如,增感劑、鏈轉移劑、界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、凝聚抑制劑等。配合該等添加劑時,將其合計配合量設為感光性樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other Additives> Within the range of achieving the effects of this invention, the photosensitive resin composition can be formulated with various additives as needed, such as sensitizers, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, hardeners, hardening catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, UV absorbers, aggregation inhibitors, etc. When incorporating these additives, it is preferable that their total amount is 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.
〔增感劑〕 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以包含與上述特定增感劑不同的增感劑(亦稱為“其他增感劑”。)。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為其他增感劑,例如,可舉出米其勒酮(Michler's ketone)、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙基胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 作為增感劑,亦可以使用增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容編入本說明書中。[Sensitizer] The photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain sensitizers different from the specific sensitizers mentioned above (also referred to as "other sensitizers"). The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation to become electronically excited. The electronically excited sensitizer comes into contact with thermosetting accelerators, thermal free radical polymerization initiators, photofree radical polymerization initiators, etc., resulting in electron transfer, energy transfer, and heating. Thereby, the thermosetting accelerator, thermal free radical polymerization initiator, and photofree radical polymerization initiator undergo chemical changes and decompose, generating free radicals, acids, or alkalis. As other sensitizers, milchlerone can be cited as an example. ketone), 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzyl)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzyl)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzyl)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminobenzylpropenedihydroindene, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzyl)propene Ketones, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzyl)acetone, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluenediethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-methylphenidylbenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 1-phenyl-5-tertetrazol, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene, diphenylacetylamine, benzoaniline, N-methylacetylaniline, 3',4'-dimethylacetylaniline, etc. Sensitizing dyes can also be used as sensitizers. For details regarding the sensitizing pigment, please refer to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated herein by reference.
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物包含增感劑時,增感劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以同時使用2種以上。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 20% by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by weight, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10% by weight. The sensitizer can be used alone or two or more at the same time.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如使用在分子內具有SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain Transfer Agent] The photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the 3rd edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, compounds containing SH, PH, SiH, and GeH within the molecule are used. These generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to less reactive free radicals, or by deprotonation after oxidation. In particular, thiols are preferred.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, the chain transfer agent can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,係0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 5 parts by weight. The chain transfer agent may be only one type or may be two or more types. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, it is preferable that their total amount is within the above range.
〔界面活性劑〕 從進一步提高塗佈性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中可以添加界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦較佳。在下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式57] 又,界面活性劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中記載之化合物。 關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中記載之化合物,例如DIC Corporation製的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。[Surfactant] From the viewpoint of further improving coatability, a surfactant can be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. Various surfactants, such as fluorinated surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants, can be used as surfactants. Furthermore, the following surfactant is also preferred. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating unit of the main chain indicate the content (mol%) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating unit of the side chain indicate the number of repetitions of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 57] Furthermore, compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Patent Application Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as surfactants. Regarding fluorinated surfactants, fluoropolymers having vinyl unsaturated groups on their side chains can also be used as fluorinated surfactants. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-164965, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation.
氟系界面活性劑中的含氟率係3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。含氟率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性、省液性方面有效,在組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in fluorinated surfactants is preferably 3-40% by mass, more preferably 5-30% by mass, and even more preferably 7-25% by mass. Fluorinated surfactants with fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of coating thickness, liquid saving, and good solubility in the composition.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP341, KF6001, KF6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如,可舉出Pionin A-76、Newkalgen FS-3PG、Pionin B-709、Pionin B-811-N、Pionin D-1004、Pionin D-3104、Pionin D-3605、Pionin D-6112、Pionin D-2104-D、Pionin D-212、Pionin D-931、Pionin D-941、Pionin D-951、Pionin E-5310、Pionin P-1050-B、Pionin P-1028-P、Pionin P-4050-T等(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)等。Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include Pionin A-76, Newkalgen FS-3PG, Pionin B-709, Pionin B-811-N, Pionin D-1004, Pionin D-3104, Pionin D-3605, Pionin D-6112, Pionin D-2104-D, Pionin D-212, Pionin D-931, Pionin D-941, Pionin D-951, Pionin E-5310, Pionin P-1050-B, Pionin P-1028-P, and Pionin P-4050-T (all manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬酯醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、Pluronic(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、SOLSPERSE 20000(Boyd & Moore Executive Search.製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)、Pionin D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製)、Olfin E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and their ethoxylated and propoxylated derivatives (e.g., glycerol propoxylated, glycerol ethoxylated, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearate ether, polyoxyethylene oil-based ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid esters, Pluronic (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), and SOLSPERSE 20000 (Boyd & Moore Executive). Search.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) etc.
作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物POLYFLOW No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製)等。As cationic surfactants, examples include organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymers POLYFLOW No.75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoisha chemical Co., Ltd.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI Co.Ltd.製)等。As anionic surfactants, examples include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and SANDET BL (manufactured by SANYO KASEI Co., Ltd.).
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物具有界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分,係0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。界面活性劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one type, or it may be two or more types. When there are two or more surfactants, their total content is preferably within the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止因氧導致的聚合阻礙,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中可以添加二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺之類的高級脂肪酸衍生物而使其在塗佈後的乾燥過程中偏在於感光性樹脂組成物的表面。[Higher Fatty Acid Derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, higher fatty acid derivatives such as docosanoic acid or docosanoic acid amide can be added to the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention so that they are concentrated on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中記載之化合物。Furthermore, higher fatty acid derivatives can also use the compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
本發明的感光性樹脂組成物含有高級脂肪酸衍生物時,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的總固體成分係0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以為僅1種,亦可以為2種以上。高級脂肪酸衍生物為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains higher fatty acid derivatives, the content of higher fatty acid derivatives relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 10% by mass. There may be only one type of higher fatty acid derivative, or there may be two or more types. When there are two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives, their total content is preferably within the above range.
〔熱聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑係藉由熱的能量而產生自由基,並使具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應開始或得到促進之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應進行,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。[Thermal Polymerization Initiator] The resin composition of this invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and more particularly, a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals through thermal energy, thereby initiating or promoting the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also proceed, thus further improving solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中記載之化合物。As a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-063554 can be cited as examples.
包含熱聚合起始劑時,其含量相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。含有2種以上熱聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機微粒。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。[Inorganic Particles] The resin composition of this invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, these inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, etc.
作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑,0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 若所述無機粒子的平均粒徑小於0.01μm,則有時上述硬化膜的機械特性會劣化。又,若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑大於2.0μm,則有時解析度會因曝光光的散射而下降。The average particle size of the aforementioned inorganic particles is preferably 0.01–2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02–1.5 μm, even more preferably 0.03–1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04–0.5 μm. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles is less than 0.01 μm, the mechanical properties of the cured film may sometimes deteriorate. Furthermore, if the average particle size of the inorganic particles is greater than 2.0 μm, the resolution may sometimes decrease due to the scattering of the exposed light.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-三級戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-三級丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。[Ultraviolet Absorber] The composition of this invention may include an ultraviolet absorber. As an ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Furthermore, examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl) 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-isobutyl-5'-propylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷基氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-三癸氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of acrylonitrile-based UV absorbers that can replace cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Furthermore, examples of triterpenoid-based UV absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triterpenoid and 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6 -Bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl) compounds, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl) compounds, etc.; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(hydroxyphenyl) compounds, 2,4-Bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-)) Tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxyphenyl)tris(2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxyphenyl) ...-hydroxyphenyl)tri
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以組合使用2種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可以不包含,但包含時,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量,係0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。In this invention, the aforementioned ultraviolet absorbers can be used individually or in combination of two or more. The composition of this invention may or may not contain ultraviolet absorbers, but when contained, the content of the ultraviolet absorber relative to the total solid content of the composition of this invention is preferably 0.001% by mass or more and 1% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 0.1% by mass or less.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下硬化,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。[Organic Titanium Compounds] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain organic titanium compounds. By containing organic titanium compounds, a resin layer with excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardened at low temperatures.
作為能夠使用的有機鈦化合物,可舉出有機基團經由共價鍵或離子鍵與鈦原子鍵結者。 在以下I)~VII)中示出有機鈦化合物的具體例: I)螯合鈦化合物:其中,從負型感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性優異且可獲得良好的硬化圖案方面考慮,具有2個以上烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為鈦雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、二(正丁氧基)雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丙氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(磷酸二辛酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(苯磺酸十二烷基酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三十二烷基苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。As usable organic titanium compounds, those in which the organic groups are bonded to titanium atoms via covalent or ionic bonds can be cited. Specific examples of organic titanium compounds are shown in I) to VII) below: I) Chelated titanium compounds: Among these, titanium chelates having two or more alkoxy groups are preferred, considering excellent preservation stability of negative photosensitive resin compositions and the ability to obtain good curing patterns. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine) diisopropoxy titanium, bis(n-butoxy)bis(2,4-glutarate) titanium, diisopropoxybis(2,4-glutarate) titanium, diisopropoxybis(tetramethylheptanediate) titanium, and diisopropoxybis(ethyl acetoacetate) titanium. II) Tetraalkoxytitanium compounds: Examples include tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonoxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearoxytitanium, tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)propoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadiene compounds: Examples include pentamethylcyclopentadienyltrimethoxytitanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrolo-1-yl)phenyl)titanium. IV) Monoalkoxytitanium compounds: Examples include tris(dioctyl phosphate)isopropoxytitanium and tris(dodecyl benzenesulfonate)isopropoxytitanium. V) Titanium oxide compounds: Examples include bis(glutarate)titanium oxide, bis(tetramethylheptane)titanium oxide, and phthalocyanine titanium oxide. VI) Tetraacetone titanium compounds: Examples include tetraacetone titanium. VII) Titanium ester coupling agents: such as isopropyltridodecylbenzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更良好的耐藥品性的觀點考慮,係選自包括上述I)螯合鈦化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳。尤其,二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among these, from the viewpoint of exhibiting better drug resistance, it is preferable to select at least one compound from the group consisting of I) chelated titanium compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) dicene titanium compounds. In particular, diisopropoxybis(acetyl ethyl acetate)titanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(n5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrolo-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
配合有機鈦化合物時,其配合量相對於環化樹脂的前驅物100質量份,0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。配合量為0.05質量份以上時,所獲得之硬化圖案顯示出良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,10質量份以下時,組成物的保存穩定性優異。When incorporating organotitanium compounds, the amount incorporating is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the cyclized resin precursor, and more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by weight. When the amount incorporating is 0.05 parts by weight or more, the resulting curing pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance; on the other hand, when the amount incorporating is 10 parts by weight or less, the composition exhibits excellent storage stability.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。藉由含有抗氧化劑作為添加劑,能夠提高硬化後的膜的延展特性、與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用習知為酚系抗氧化劑之任意酚化合物。作為較佳之酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代之烷基為較佳。又,關於抗氧化劑,在同一分子內具有苯酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-三級丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-三級丁基-6-甲基苯基)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出ADEKA STAB AO-20、ADEKA STAB AO-30、ADEKA STAB AO-40、ADEKA STAB AO-50、ADEKA STAB AO-50F、ADEKA STAB AO-60、ADEKA STAB AO-60G、ADEKA STAB AO-80、ADEKA STAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的0023~0048段中記載之化合物。又,本發明的組成物可根據需要含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,在該化合物中保護基藉由在100~250℃下加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒的存在下以80~200℃加熱而脫離,藉此作為抗氧化劑發揮作用。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出在國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。作為較佳之抗氧化劑的例子,可舉出2,2-硫雙(4-甲基-6-三級丁基苯酚)、2,6-二-三級丁基苯酚及由通式(3)表示之化合物。[Antioxidant] The composition of this invention may include an antioxidant. By including an antioxidant as an additive, the stretchability and adhesion to metal materials of the cured film can be improved. Examples of antioxidants include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As a phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As a preferred phenolic compound, hindered phenolic compounds can be mentioned. Compounds having a substituent at the site (orthoside) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group are preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 22 carbon atoms are preferred. Furthermore, regarding antioxidants, compounds having both a phenolic group and a phosphite group within the same molecule are also preferred. Furthermore, phosphorus-based antioxidants can be used more effectively as antioxidants. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetra(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxanephosphonium-heptadecadien-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tertiary butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxanephosphonium-heptadecadien-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and bis(2,4-di-tertiary butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, ADEKA STAB AO-20, ADEKA STAB AO-30, ADEKA STAB AO-40, ADEKA STAB AO-50, ADEKA STAB AO-50F, ADEKA STAB AO-60, ADEKA STAB AO-60G, ADEKA STAB AO-80, and ADEKA STAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Furthermore, the antioxidants can also be compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967. Additionally, the composition of this invention may contain potential antioxidants as needed. As potential antioxidants, examples include compounds whose antioxidant activity is achieved by protecting groups at the site of their action. In these compounds, the protecting groups are removed by heating at 100–250°C or heating at 80–200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, thereby enabling them to function as antioxidants. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication Nos. 2014/021023, 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-008219. Commercially available examples of potential antioxidants include ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION). Examples of better antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-bis-tert-butylphenol and compounds represented by general formula (3).
[化學式58] [Chemical Formula 58]
在通式(3)中,R5 表示氫原子或碳數2以上的烷基,R6 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基。R7 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基、包含選自包括O原子及N原子中的至少1個之1~4價有機基團。k表示1~4的整數。In general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and R6 represents an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms. R7 represents an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, and includes a 1- to 4-valent organic group selected from at least one of the O and N atoms. k represents an integer from 1 to 4.
由通式(3)表示之化合物抑制樹脂的脂肪族基、酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防鏽作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。Compounds represented by general formula (3) inhibit the oxidative degradation of aliphatic and phenolic hydroxyl groups in resins. Furthermore, by preventing rust on metallic materials, they can inhibit metal oxidation.
為了能夠對樹脂和金屬材料同時起作用,k係2~4的整數為更佳。作為R7 ,可舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基矽基、烷氧基矽基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、將該等組合者等,可以進一步具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性和金屬密接性的觀點考慮,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合物形成之金屬密接性的觀點考慮,-NH-為更佳。To ensure simultaneous action on both resins and metal materials, an integer from 2 to 4 in the k series is preferred. Examples of R7 include alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkyl ether, alkylsilyl, alkoxysilyl, aryl, aryl ether, carboxyl, carbonyl, allyl, vinyl, heterocyclic, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, and combinations thereof, which may further have substituents. Among these, alkyl ethers and -NH- are preferred from the viewpoint of solubility in the developing solution and metal adhesion; -NH- is more preferred from the viewpoint of interaction with resins and metal adhesion based on the formation of metal complexes.
由下述通式(3)表示之化合物可舉出以下化合物作為例子,但並不限於下述結構。The following compounds are examples of compounds represented by the general formula (3), but are not limited to the following structures.
[化學式59] [Chemical Formula 59]
[化學式60] [Chemical Formula 60]
[化學式61] [Chemical Formula 61]
[化學式62] [Chemical Formula 62]
抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂,0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。添加量少於0.1質量份時,不易獲得提高硬化後的延展特性、對金屬材料的密接性的效果,又,多於10質量份時,由於與感光劑的相互作用,有可能導致樹脂組成物的靈敏度下降。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。使用2種以上時,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The preferred amount of antioxidant relative to the resin is 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, with 0.5 to 5 parts by weight being even better. Adding less than 0.1 parts by weight makes it difficult to obtain the effect of improving the ductility and adhesion to metal materials after curing. Furthermore, adding more than 10 parts by weight may lead to a decrease in the sensitivity of the resin composition due to interaction with the photosensitizer. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When using two or more types, the total amount within the above-mentioned range is preferred.
<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的含水量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。作為維持含水量之方法,可舉出保管條件下的濕度的調整、收容容器的空隙率降低等。<Regarding limitations on other contained substances> From the viewpoint of coating properties, it is preferable that the water content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass. Methods for maintaining water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the container.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From an insulation perspective, it is preferable that the metal content of the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is less than 5 parts per million (ppm), more preferably less than 1 ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, and nickel. When multiple metals are included, it is preferable that the total amount of these metals is within the above-mentioned range.
又,作為減少意外包含在本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠舉出如下方法:作為構成本發明的感光性樹脂組成物之原料而選擇金屬含量較少的原料,對構成本發明的感光性樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等方法。Furthermore, as a method to reduce metal impurities accidentally included in the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting raw materials with lower metal content as raw materials for constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw materials constituting the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention using a filter, lining the device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like, and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible.
若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,且從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物中,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調整鹵素原子的含量的方法,可較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。Considering its application as a semiconductor material and from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion, the halogen atom content in the photosensitive resin composition of this invention is preferably less than 500 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 300 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 200 ppm by mass. Of these, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 ppm by mass, more preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.5 ppm by mass. Examples of halogen atoms include chlorine and bromine atoms. It is preferable that the total number of chlorine and bromine atoms, or chlorine and bromine ions, falls within the above-mentioned ranges. As a method for adjusting the halogen atom content, ion exchange treatment is a preferred example.
作為本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料、感光性樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、將6種樹脂形成為7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。As a container for the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, conventionally known containers can be used. Furthermore, as a container, to prevent impurities from contaminating the raw materials and the photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to use a multi-layered bottle with an inner wall composed of six layers of six different resins, or a bottle with a seven-layered structure of the six resins. For example, the container described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited as such a container.
<感光性樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 又,以外,亦能夠用於形成半導體元件的絕緣膜或形成應力緩衝膜等。<Applications of the Photosensitive Resin Composition> The photosensitive resin composition of this invention is preferably used for forming interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers. Furthermore, it can also be used to form insulating films for semiconductor devices or stress-absorbing films, etc.
<感光性樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的感光性樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並沒有特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of Photosensitive Resin Composition> The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be carried out by conventionally known methods.
又,以去除感光性樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。過濾器孔徑為1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,5μm以下為較佳,3μm以下為更佳,1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用藉由有機溶劑預先清洗者。在過濾器過濾製程中,可以並聯或串聯複數種過濾器而使用。使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同之過濾器。又,可以對各種材料進行複數次過濾。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以在加壓之後進行過濾。在加壓之後進行過濾時,進行加壓之壓力為0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為較佳。另一方面,從生產性的觀點考慮,0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。Furthermore, filtration using a filter is preferable for removing foreign matter such as dust or particulate matter from photosensitive resin compositions. A filter pore size of 1 μm or less is preferred, 0.5 μm or less is even better, and 0.1 μm or less is still preferable. From a production standpoint, 5 μm or less is preferred, 3 μm or less is even better, and 1 μm or less is still even better. Filter materials such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon are preferred. Filters can be pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. Multiple filters can be used in parallel or in series during the filtration process. When using multiple filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be combined. Furthermore, various materials can be filtered multiple times. Multiple filtrations can constitute cyclic filtration. Filtration can also be performed after pressurization. When filtration is performed after pressurization, a pressure of 0.05 MPa or higher and 0.3 MPa or lower is preferred. However, from a production perspective, a pressure of 0.01 MPa or higher and 1.0 MPa or lower is preferred, 0.03 MPa or higher and 0.9 MPa or lower is even better, and 0.05 MPa or higher and 0.7 MPa or lower is further preferred. In addition to filtration using a filter, impurity removal using adsorption materials can also be performed. A combination of filter filtration and impurity removal using adsorption materials can also be used. As an adsorbent, known adsorbent materials can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbent materials such as silicone and zeolite, and organic adsorbent materials such as activated carbon can be used.
(感光膜、硬化物、積層體、元件及該等的製造方法) 接著,對感光膜、硬化物、積層體、元件及該等的製造方法進行說明。(Photosensitive film, curing material, laminate, element and manufacturing method thereof) Next, the manufacturing methods of photosensitive film, curing material, laminate, element and the like shall be explained.
本發明的感光膜係由本發明的感光性樹脂組成物形成之膜。 本發明的感光膜例如藉由將本發明的感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材上來形成。 作為應用方法及基材的種類,並沒有特別限定,可較佳地舉出後述膜形成製程中的應用方法及基材。 作為感光膜的膜厚,能夠將後述硬化物的膜厚設為在後述範圍內之膜厚。例如,感光膜的膜厚考慮由形成硬化物時的硬化導致之收縮等而確定即可。The photosensitive film of this invention is a film formed from the photosensitive resin composition of this invention. The photosensitive film of this invention is formed, for example, by applying the photosensitive resin composition of this invention onto a substrate. The application method and the type of substrate are not particularly limited; preferred examples are those used in the film formation process described later. The film thickness of the photosensitive film can be set to a thickness within the range described later for the cured material. For example, the film thickness of the photosensitive film can be determined considering shrinkage caused by curing during the formation of the cured material.
本發明的硬化物係本發明的感光性樹脂組成物的硬化物或本發明的感光膜的硬化物。 本發明的硬化物係藉由後述本發明的圖案形成方法獲得之圖案為較佳。 本發明的硬化物藉由硬化本發明的感光性樹脂組成物或本發明的感光膜來獲得。本發明的硬化膜的厚度例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,亦能夠設為30μm以下。 本發明的硬化物較佳為用作再配線層用層間絕緣膜。The cured product of this invention is a cured product of the photosensitive resin composition of this invention or a cured product of the photosensitive film of this invention. Preferably, the pattern obtained by the pattern forming method of this invention described later is used in the cured product. The cured product of this invention is obtained by curing the photosensitive resin composition of this invention or the photosensitive film of this invention. The thickness of the cured film of this invention can be, for example, 0.5 μm or more, and can be 1 μm or more. Furthermore, as an upper limit, it can be 100 μm or less, and can also be 30 μm or less. The cured product of this invention is preferably used as an interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers.
可以將由本發明的硬化物構成之層積層2層以上,進而積層3~7層而設為積層體。本發明的積層體包含2層以上由硬化物構成之層,由上述硬化物構成之任意層彼此之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,可舉出至少包含依次積層有由第一硬化物構成之層、金屬層、由第二硬化物構成之層這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。上述由第一硬化物構成之層及上述由第二硬化物構成之層均為由本發明的硬化物構成之層,例如,可舉出上述由第一硬化物構成之層及上述由第二硬化物構成之層均為硬化本發明的感光性樹脂組成物而成之膜之態樣作為較佳者。用於形成由上述第一硬化物構成之層之本發明的感光性樹脂組成物和用於形成由上述第二硬化物構成之層之本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。A laminate consisting of two or more layers, or even three to seven layers, of the hardened material of the present invention can be configured as a laminate. The laminate of the present invention comprises two or more layers composed of hardened material, and it is preferable that any of the layers composed of the hardened material includes a metal layer between them. For example, a laminate consisting of at least three layers sequentially stacked: a layer composed of a first hardened material, a metal layer, and a layer composed of a second hardened material is preferred. Both the layer composed of the first curing agent and the layer composed of the second curing agent described above are layers composed of the curing agents of the present invention. For example, it is preferable that both the layer composed of the first curing agent and the layer composed of the second curing agent are films formed by curing the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention. The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the first curing agent and the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the second curing agent can be composed of the same composition or can be composed of different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can preferably be used as a rewiring layer or other metal wiring.
作為能夠應用本發明的硬化物的領域,可舉出半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可舉出密封膜、基板材料(可撓性印刷電路板的基底膜、覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由對如上所述之實際安裝用途的絕緣膜進行蝕刻而形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參考Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。Examples of materials for which the present invention can be applied include insulating films for semiconductor devices, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, and stress-relief films. Other examples include sealing films, substrate materials (base films, cover films, and interlayer insulating films for flexible printed circuit boards), or patterns formed by etching insulating films used for practical installation purposes as described above. Regarding these applications, for example, one can refer to Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High Functionalization and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, Masaaki Kakimoto/supervisor, CMC Technical Library "Basic and Development of Polyimide Materials" November 2011, Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Association/ed. "Latest Polyimide Basics and Applications" NTS August 2010, etc.
又,本發明中的硬化物亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、蝕刻成型部件時的用途、電子尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等中。Furthermore, the hardened material of this invention can also be used in the manufacture of offset printing plates or screen printing plates, in the etching and molding of parts, and in the manufacture of protective coatings and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.
本發明的圖案的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材而形成膜(感光膜)之膜形成製程為較佳。 本發明的圖案的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程、以及對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程及對上述曝光後的上述膜進行顯影來獲得圖案之顯影製程為較佳。 又,本發明的圖案的製造方法包括上述膜形成製程及根據需要之上述顯影製程,且包括藉由加熱利用上述顯影製程獲得之圖案而硬化圖案之加熱製程為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下(a)~(c)的製程為較佳,包括(a)~(d)的製程為更佳。 (a)將感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材上而形成膜(感光膜)之膜形成製程 (b)對上述膜進行曝光之曝光製程 (c)對上述曝光後的上述膜進行顯影而獲得圖案之顯影製程 (d)藉由加熱利用上述顯影製程獲得之圖案而硬化圖案之加熱製程 藉由在上述加熱製程中加熱,能夠進一步使感光膜硬化。The method for manufacturing the pattern of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "the method for manufacturing the present invention") preferably includes a film forming process in which the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate to form a film (photosensitive film). The method for manufacturing the pattern of the present invention preferably includes the above-described film forming process, an exposure process for exposing the above-described film, and a development process for developing the above-described exposed film to obtain the pattern. Furthermore, the method for manufacturing the pattern of the present invention includes the above-described film forming process and the above-described development process as needed, and more preferably includes a heating process for curing the pattern obtained by the above-described development process by heating. Specifically, processes including (a) to (c) are preferred, and processes including (a) to (d) are even more preferred. (a) A film forming process in which a photosensitive resin composition is applied to a substrate to form a film (photosensitive film) (b) An exposure process in which the above-mentioned film is exposed (c) A developing process in which the above-exposed film is developed to obtain a pattern (d) A heating process in which the pattern obtained by the above-mentioned developing process is heated to harden the pattern By heating in the above-mentioned heating process, the photosensitive film can be further hardened.
本發明的較佳實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的圖案的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述之圖案的製造方法形成圖案之後,進而再次進行(a)的製程或(a)~(c)的製程、或者(a)~(d)的製程。尤其,依次將上述各製程進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,合計3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此積層圖案,能夠形成積層體。在本發明中,尤其在設置有圖案之部分上或圖案之間、或者對其兩者設置金屬層為較佳。此外,在積層體的製造中,無需重複(a)~(d)的製程全部,如上所述,藉由進行複數次至少(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的製程而能夠獲得圖案的積層體。The preferred embodiment of the method for manufacturing a laminated body includes the method for manufacturing the pattern of the present invention. In the method for manufacturing a laminated body according to the above-described method, after forming the pattern, the process of (a) or processes (a) to (c), or processes (a) to (d) are performed again. In particular, it is preferable to perform each of the above processes multiple times, for example, 2 to 5 times (i.e., a total of 3 to 6 times). A laminated body can be formed by such a patterned design. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to provide a metal layer on the portion where the pattern is provided, between the patterns, or both. Furthermore, in the manufacturing of the laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all of the processes (a) to (d). As mentioned above, a laminate with a pattern can be obtained by performing at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d) multiple times.
<膜形成製程(層形成製程)> 本發明的較佳實施形態之製造方法包括將感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材上來形成膜(層狀)之膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)。<Film Formation Process (Layer Formation Process)> The preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film formation step (layer formation step) of applying a photosensitive resin composition onto a substrate to form a film (layer).
基材的種類能夠根據用途適當設定,但並沒有特別限制,可舉出矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗玻璃)、TFT(薄膜晶體管)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置密接層、氧化層等層。在本發明中,尤其,半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材、鑄模基材為更佳。 又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 又,作為基材,例如使用板狀的基材(基板)。 基材的形狀並沒有特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀,矩形形狀為較佳。 作為基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則直徑例如為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。若為矩形形狀,例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。The type of substrate can be appropriately set according to the application, but there are no particular limitations. Examples include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon; quartz; glass; optical films; ceramic materials; vapor-deposited films; magnetic films; reflective films; metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe; paper; SOG (Spin-On Glass); TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrates; and electrode plates for plasma display panels (PDPs). Furthermore, bonding layers, oxide layers, etc., can be formed on the surface of these substrates. In this invention, semiconductor substrates are particularly preferred, with silicon substrates, Cu substrates, and casting substrates being even more preferred. Furthermore, a close-bonding layer or oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or similar material can be provided on the surface of such substrates. Also, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) can be used as the substrate. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited; it can be circular or rectangular, with a rectangular shape being preferred. Regarding the dimensions of the substrate, if it is circular, the diameter is, for example, 100–450 mm, preferably 200–450 mm. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the shorter side is 100–1000 mm, preferably 200–700 mm.
又,在樹脂層(由硬化物構成之層)的表面、金屬層的表面形成感光膜時,樹脂層、金屬層成為基材。Furthermore, when a photosensitive film is formed on the surface of the resin layer (a layer composed of a hardened material) and the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer and the metal layer become the substrate.
作為將感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method for applying photosensitive resin components to a substrate, coating is preferred.
具體而言,作為應用方法,可例示浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從感光膜的厚度均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法。根據方法適當地調整固體成分濃度、塗佈條件,藉此能夠得到所需厚度的樹脂層。又,能夠根據基材的形狀適當選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速應用10秒~1分鐘左右。 又,根據感光性樹脂組成物的黏度或所設定的膜厚,以300~3,500rpm的轉速應用10~180秒亦較佳。又,為了獲得均勻的膜厚,亦能夠組合複數種轉速來進行塗佈。 又,亦能夠應用將藉由上述賦予方法預先在偽支撐體上賦予而形成之塗膜轉印在基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中,亦能夠較佳地利用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段、日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之製程。關於該種製程的例子,可舉出邊緣珠移除(EBR)、氣刀、背面沖洗等。 又,亦可以採用如下預濕製程:將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。Specifically, examples of application methods include dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet coating. From the perspective of uniformity of photosensitive film thickness, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet coating are preferred. By appropriately adjusting the solid content and coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer of the desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected based on the shape of the substrate. For circular substrates such as wafers, spin coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred. For rectangular substrates, slit coating, spray coating, or inkjet coating are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, a rotation speed of 500–2000 rpm can be applied for approximately 10 seconds to 1 minute. Also, depending on the viscosity of the photosensitive resin composition or the intended film thickness, a rotation speed of 300–3500 rpm for 10–180 seconds is also preferable. Furthermore, to obtain a uniform film thickness, multiple rotation speeds can be combined for coating. Furthermore, a method for transferring a coating pre-applied to a pseudo-support using the aforementioned coating method onto a substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, the present invention preferably utilizes the manufacturing methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-023696, paragraphs 0023, 0036-0051, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-047592, paragraphs 0096-0108. Furthermore, a process for removing excess film at the ends of the substrate can also be performed. Examples of such processes include edge bead removal (EBR), air knife, and backwashing. Alternatively, the following pre-wetting process can be used: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, apply various solvents to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then apply the resin composition.
<乾燥製程> 本發明的製造方法亦可以在膜形成製程(層形成製程)之後包括乾燥製程以去除溶劑。較佳之乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。<Drying Process> The manufacturing method of this invention can also include a drying process to remove solvent after the film formation process (layer formation process). A preferred drying temperature is 50–150°C, more preferably 70–130°C, and further preferably 90–110°C. As for the drying time, examples include 30 seconds to 20 minutes, 1 minute to 10 minutes are preferred, and 3 minutes to 7 minutes are even better.
<曝光製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對上述膜(感光膜)進行曝光之曝光製程。曝光量只要能夠使感光性樹脂組成物硬化,則並沒有特別限定,例如,以波長365nm下的曝光能量換算計照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure Process> The manufacturing method of this invention may include an exposure process of exposing the above-mentioned film (photosensitive film). The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it is sufficient to harden the photosensitive resin composition. For example, it is preferable to irradiate with an exposure energy of 100 to 10,000 mJ/ cm² at a wavelength of 365 nm, and even more preferable to irradiate with an exposure energy of 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm² .
在上述曝光製程中使用之曝光光包括波長150~1,000nm的光為較佳,包括波長150~450nm的光為更佳,包括波長240~550nm的光為進一步較佳。The exposure light used in the above exposure process preferably includes light with a wavelength of 150 to 1,000 nm, more preferably includes light with a wavelength of 150 to 450 nm, and even more preferably includes light with a wavelength of 240 to 550 nm.
關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係說明,則可舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬譜(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2 準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。關於本發明中的感光性樹脂組成物,尤其基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中,基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其能夠得到高曝光靈敏度。 又,從操作性和生產性的觀點考慮,高壓水銀燈的寬譜(g、h、i射線的3種波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦較佳。Regarding the exposure wavelength, if we explain it in relation to the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), broadband (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer lasers (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beams, (7) the second harmonic of YAG lasers at 532nm and the third harmonic at 355nm, etc. Regarding the photosensitive resin composition of this invention, exposure to a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, especially exposure to i-rays. This allows for particularly high exposure sensitivity. Furthermore, from an operability and production perspective, a broadband (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays) light source from a high-pressure mercury lamp or a 405nm semiconductor laser is also preferred.
<顯影製程> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對經曝光之膜(感光膜)進行顯影(對上述膜進行顯影)之顯影製程。藉由進行顯影,未曝光之部分(非曝光部)被去除。顯影方法只要能夠形成所需圖案,則並沒有特別限制,例如可舉出從噴嘴噴出顯影液、噴灑噴霧、基材在顯影液中的浸漬等,可較佳地利用噴嘴噴出。顯影製程能夠採用向基材連續供給顯影液之製程、將顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。<Developing Process> The manufacturing method of this invention may include a developing process of developing an exposed film (photosensitive film). By developing, the unexposed portions (non-exposed areas) are removed. There are no particular limitations on the developing method as long as the desired pattern can be formed; examples include spraying developer from a nozzle, spraying, and immersing the substrate in developer. Spraying from a nozzle is preferred. The developing process may employ a process of continuously supplying developer to the substrate, a process of holding the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a process of vibrating the developer using ultrasound, or a combination of these methods.
顯影使用顯影液來進行。關於顯影液,只要可去除未曝光之部分(非曝光部),則能夠沒有特別限制地使用。 作為顯影液,能夠使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液或鹼水溶液。Development is performed using a developer. Regarding the developer, it can be used without particular restrictions as long as it can remove the unexposed areas (non-exposed portions). As a developer, a developer containing an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。ClogP值能夠藉由在ChemBioDraw中輸入結構式而作為計算值求出。In this invention, it is preferable that the developing solution contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and even more preferable that it contains an organic solvent with a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be calculated by inputting the structural formula in ChemBioDraw.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為環式烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,又,亦可較佳地舉出該等有機溶劑的混合物。When the developing solution contains organic solvents, the organic solvents, preferably esters, include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, and alkyl alkoxyacetic acids (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate; e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, etc.). Alkyl esters of 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc., such as methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), and alkyl esters of 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc., such as methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.). ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc., and as ethers, preferably diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl celecoxetate, ethyl celecoxetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono ... Alcohol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and as ketones, such as preferably methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as cyclic hydrocarbons, such as preferably toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc., and as ionides, preferably dimethyl ionides, and mixtures of these organic solvents are also preferred examples.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,在本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。又,顯影液包含有機溶劑時,能夠使用1種有機溶劑或混合使用2種以上。When the developing solution contains an organic solvent, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred in this invention, with cyclopentanone being even more preferred. Furthermore, when the developing solution contains an organic solvent, one type of organic solvent or a mixture of two or more types can be used.
顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,顯影液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,顯影液的100質量%可以為有機溶劑。When the developing solution contains organic solvents, it is preferable that 50% or more of the developing solution is an organic solvent, even better that 70% or more is an organic solvent, and even more preferably that 90% or more is an organic solvent. Furthermore, 100% of the developing solution can be an organic solvent.
顯影液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑、公知的消泡劑等。The developing solution may further contain other ingredients. Other ingredients include, for example, known surfactants and known defoamers.
顯影液係鹼水溶液時,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹼性化合物,可舉出TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、KOH(氫氧化鉀)、碳酸鈉等,較佳為TMAH。例如使用TMAH時,顯影液中的鹼性化合物在顯影液總量中的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developing solution is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of alkaline compounds that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution include TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), KOH (potassium hydroxide), and sodium carbonate, with TMAH being preferred. For example, when using TMAH, the content of the alkaline compound in the total amount of the developing solution is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有將基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、用噴嘴向基材上供給顯影液之覆液顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,將顯影液用直流噴嘴供給之方法、或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下製程:用直流噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再次用直流噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以將該製程重複複數次。 又,作為顯影製程中的顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給顯影液之製程、顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。[Developer Supply Method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there are no particular limitations on the developer supply method. Methods include immersing the substrate in the developer, applying the developer to the substrate using a nozzle (coating development), or continuous supply. There are no particular limitations on the type of nozzle; examples include direct-flow nozzles, spray nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspectives of developer penetration, non-image area removal, and manufacturing efficiency, a direct-flow nozzle or a continuous mist nozzle method is preferable. From the perspective of developer penetration into the image area, a mist nozzle method is even better. Furthermore, the following process can be adopted: after continuously supplying developer solution with a DC nozzle, rotating the substrate to remove the developer solution from the substrate, rotating to dry, and then continuously supplying it with a DC nozzle again, rotating the substrate to remove the developer solution from the substrate; this process can also be repeated several times. Furthermore, as a method for supplying developer solution in the developing process, processes such as continuously supplying developer solution to the substrate, maintaining the developer solution in a substantially static state on the substrate, using ultrasound or the like to vibrate the developer solution on the substrate, and combinations thereof can be adopted.
作為顯影時間,5秒~10分鐘為較佳,10秒~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並沒有特別限定,通常為10~45℃,較佳為能夠在20~40℃下進行。For development time, 5 seconds to 10 minutes is preferred, and 10 seconds to 5 minutes is even better. There is no particular limitation on the temperature of the developing solution during development, which is usually 10 to 45°C, but preferably 20 to 40°C.
在使用顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行沖洗。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等之方法。沖洗以與顯影液不同之溶劑進行為較佳。例如,能夠使用感光性樹脂組成物中所含有之溶劑進行沖洗。 顯影液係包含有機溶劑之顯影液時,作為沖洗液,可舉出PGMEA(丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯)、IPA(異丙醇)等,較佳為PGMEA。又,作為在基於包含鹼水溶液之顯影液之顯影中的沖洗液,水為較佳。 沖洗時間係10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳,5秒~1分鐘為進一步較佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並沒有特別限定,較佳為10~45℃、更佳為能夠在18℃~30℃下進行。After treatment with the developer, further rinsing can be performed. Alternatively, a rinsing solution can be supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dry. It is preferable to use a solvent different from the developer for rinsing. For example, a solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition can be used for rinsing. When the developer contains an organic solvent, examples of rinsing solutions include PGMEA (propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate) and IPA (isopropanol), with PGMEA being preferred. Furthermore, water is preferred as a rinsing solution in developing with a developer containing an alkaline aqueous solution. The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, even better is 20 seconds to 5 minutes, and even better is 5 seconds to 1 minute. There is no particular limitation on the temperature of the rinsing solution, but it is preferably 10 to 45°C, and even better is 18°C to 30°C.
作為沖洗液包含有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及作為醚類,例如可較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及作為酮類,例如可較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及作為芳香族烴類,例如可較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、大茴香醚、檸檬烯等,以及作為亞碸類,可較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,以及作為醇類,可較佳地舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,以及作為醯胺類,可較佳地舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the rinsing solution contains organic solvents, the organic solvents, preferably esters, include, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetic acid esters (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), and alkyl 3-alkoxypropionic acid esters (e.g., 3-alkyl...). Methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate) Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, etc., and as ethers, preferably diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl celusone acetate, ethyl celusone acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate. And, as ketones, such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc., and as aromatic hydrocarbons, such as toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc., and as iones, such as dimethyl iones, and as alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl methanol, triethylene glycol, etc., and as amides, such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,能夠使用1種有機溶劑或混合使用2種以上。本發明中,尤其環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinsing solution contains organic solvents, one type of organic solvent or a mixture of two or more types can be used. In this invention, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, and PGME are particularly preferred, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, and PGME are even more preferred, and cyclohexanone and PGMEA are even more preferred.
沖洗液包含有機溶劑時,沖洗液的50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,沖洗液的100質量%可以為有機溶劑。When the rinsing solution contains organic solvents, it is preferable that 50% or more of the rinsing solution is an organic solvent, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. Furthermore, 100% of the rinsing solution may be an organic solvent.
沖洗液可以進一步包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可舉出公知的界面活性劑、公知的消泡劑等。Rinsing solutions may further contain other ingredients. Other ingredients include, for example, known surfactants and known defoamers.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並沒有特別限制,有如下方法:將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、在基材上形成沖洗液的液膜之方法、用噴淋頭在基材上供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直流噴嘴等方法在基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,有用噴淋噴嘴、直流噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並沒有特別限制,可舉出直流噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗製程係利用直流噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之製程為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之製程為更佳。 又,作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用在基材上連續供給沖洗液之製程、沖洗液以大致靜止狀態保持在基材上之製程、利用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之製程及將該等組合之製程等。[Rinsing Solution Supply Method] There are no particular restrictions on the rinsing solution supply method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. Methods include: immersing the substrate in the rinsing solution; forming a liquid film of the rinsing solution on the substrate; supplying the rinsing solution to the substrate using a spray head; and continuously supplying the rinsing solution to the substrate using a direct-flow nozzle, etc. Considering the penetrability of the rinsing fluid, its ability to remove non-image areas, and manufacturing efficiency, various methods of supplying the rinsing fluid can be used, including spray nozzles, direct-flow nozzles, and mist nozzles. Continuous supply via a mist nozzle is preferable, and from the perspective of the rinsing fluid's penetrability to the image area, a mist nozzle is even better. There are no particular limitations on the type of nozzle; examples include direct-flow nozzles, spray nozzles, and mist nozzles. That is, it is preferable to use a direct current nozzle to supply or continuously supply the rinsing solution to the exposed film during the rinsing process, and even better to use a spray nozzle. Furthermore, as a method for supplying the rinsing solution in the rinsing process, processes that continuously supply the rinsing solution to the substrate, processes that hold the rinsing solution on the substrate in a substantially static state, processes that use ultrasound or the like to vibrate the rinsing solution on the substrate, and processes combining these methods are all possible.
<加熱製程> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下加熱之製程(加熱製程)為較佳。 在膜形成製程(層形成製程)、乾燥製程及顯影製程之後包括加熱製程為較佳。在加熱製程中,例如藉由上述熱鹼產生劑分解而產生鹼,並進行作為特定樹脂的前驅物的環化反應。又,本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可以包含作為特定樹脂的除前驅物以外的自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使作為未反應的特定樹脂的除前驅物以外的自由基交聯劑的硬化等在該製程中進行。作為加熱製程中層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為更進一步較佳,160℃以上為又進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為更進一步較佳,220℃以下為又進一步較佳。<Heating Process> The manufacturing method of this invention preferably includes a process of heating the developed film at 50–450°C (heating process). It is preferable to include the heating process after the film formation process (layer formation process), drying process, and developing process. In the heating process, for example, alkali is generated by the decomposition of the aforementioned thermal alkali generator, and a cyclization reaction, serving as a precursor for a specific resin, is carried out. Furthermore, the photosensitive resin composition of this invention may contain a free radical crosslinker other than the precursor, serving as a specific resin, and the curing of the unreacted free radical crosslinker other than the precursor, etc., can also be carried out during this process. For the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the middle layer of the heating process, 50°C or above is preferred, 80°C or above is better, 140°C or above is even better, 150°C or above is still better, 160°C or above is still better, and 170°C or above is still better. As for the upper limit, 500°C or below is preferred, 450°C or below is better, 350°C or below is better, 250°C or below is still better, and 220°C or below is still better.
關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度,以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性的同時防止胺的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和圖案的殘留應力。除此以外,能夠快速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度以1~8℃/秒的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒為更佳,3~6℃/秒為進一步較佳。Regarding heating, a heating rate of 1–12 °C/min from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature is preferred, 2–10 °C/min is even better, and 3–10 °C/min is further preferred. Setting the heating rate to 1 °C/min or higher ensures productivity while preventing excessive amine volatilization, while setting it to 12 °C/min or lower mitigates residual stress in the pattern. Furthermore, in the case of ovens capable of rapid heating, a heating rate of 1–8 °C/sec from the initial heating temperature to the maximum heating temperature is preferred, 2–7 °C/sec is even better, and 3–6 °C/sec is further preferred.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指,開始加熱至最高加熱溫度之製程時的溫度。例如,將感光性樹脂組成物應用於基材上之後使其乾燥時為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比感光性樹脂組成物中含有之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The initial heating temperature is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The initial heating temperature refers to the temperature at which the process begins and heats to the maximum heating temperature. For example, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer) after the photosensitive resin composition has been applied to a substrate and dried. It is preferable to start at a temperature 30°C to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the photosensitive resin composition and gradually increase the temperature.
加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)係10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,藉由使用本發明的感光性樹脂組成物,亦能夠將上述加熱時間設為15分鐘以下來進行。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10–360 minutes, more preferably 20–300 minutes, and even more preferably 30–240 minutes. Furthermore, by using the photosensitive resin composition of this invention, the above heating time can also be set to 15 minutes or less.
尤其形成多層積層體時,從圖案的層間密接性的觀點考慮,在180℃~320℃的加熱溫度下加熱為較佳,在180℃~260℃下加熱為更佳。其原因尚未確定,但認為是因為藉由設為該溫度,層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。Especially when forming multilayered bodies, from the perspective of interlayer adhesion, heating at a temperature of 180℃ to 320℃ is preferred, and heating at 180℃ to 260℃ is even better. The reason for this is not yet determined, but it is believed that by setting this temperature, the acetylene groups of specific resins between the layers undergo cross-linking reactions.
加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行如下前處理製程:以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至180℃,在180℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從180℃升溫至200℃,在200℃下保持120分鐘。作為前處理製程之加熱溫度係100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該前處理製程中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中記載,照射紫外線的同時進行處理亦較佳。藉由該種前處理製程能夠提高膜的特性。前處理製程在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。前處理可以為兩階段以上的製程,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行前處理製程1,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行前處理製程2。Heating can be performed in stages. For example, a pretreatment process can be performed as follows: increasing the temperature from 25°C to 180°C at a rate of 3°C/min, holding at 180°C for 60 minutes, then increasing the temperature from 180°C to 200°C at a rate of 2°C/min, and holding at 200°C for 120 minutes. The heating temperature for this pretreatment process is preferably 100–200°C, more preferably 110–190°C, and even more preferably 120–185°C. In this pretreatment process, as described in U.S. Patent No. 9159547, simultaneous ultraviolet irradiation is also preferable. This pretreatment process can improve the properties of the film. Pretreatment processes can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, with 15 seconds to 30 minutes being even better. Pretreatment can be a two-stage or more process. For example, pretreatment process 1 can be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, followed by pretreatment process 2 in the range of 150 to 200°C.
進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為該情況下的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling can be performed after heating, and a cooling rate of 1–5°C/min is preferable in this case.
關於加熱製程,從防止特定樹脂分解的方面考慮,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體等,在低氧濃度的氛圍下進行為較佳。氧濃度係50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱方法,並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱等。Regarding the heating process, to prevent the decomposition of certain resins, it is preferable to conduct the process in a low-oxygen atmosphere by circulating inert gases such as nitrogen, helium, or argon. An oxygen concentration of 50 ppm (by volume) or lower is preferred, and 20 ppm (by volume) or lower is even better. As for the heating method, there are no particular limitations; examples include heating plates, infrared furnaces, electric ovens, and hot air ovens.
<金屬層形成製程> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影後的膜(感光膜)的表面形成金屬層之金屬層形成製程為較佳。<Metal Layer Formation Process> The manufacturing method of this invention includes a metal layer formation process in which a metal layer is formed on the surface of the film (photosensitive film) after development.
作為金屬層,並沒有特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅、鋁及包含該等金屬之合金為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。As a metal layer, there are no particular limitations; existing metal types can be used, such as copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper, aluminum, and alloys containing these metals are preferred, with copper being even more preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並沒有特別限定,能夠應用現有的方法。例如,能夠利用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、剝離、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可舉出組合了濺射、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合了光微影與電解電鍍之圖案化方法。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be used. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 2007-157879, 2001-521288, 2004-214501, and 2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, peeling, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and combinations thereof can be considered. More specifically, patterning methods combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and patterning methods combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.
作為金屬層的厚度,在最厚的部分,0.01~100μm為較佳,0.1~50μm為更佳,1~10μm為進一步較佳。Regarding the thickness of the metal layer, 0.01–100 μm is preferred for the thickest part, 0.1–50 μm is even better, and 1–10 μm is even better.
<積層製程> 本發明的製造方法進一步包括積層製程為較佳。<Lamination Process> The manufacturing method of this invention further includes a lamination process, which is preferred.
積層製程係包括在圖案(由硬化物構成之層)或金屬層的表面,再次依次進行(a)膜形成製程(層形成製程)、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(d)加熱製程之一系列製程。其中,可以為僅重複(a)的膜形成製程之態樣。又,亦可以設為(d)加熱製程在積層的最後或中間統括進行之態樣。亦即,亦可以設為如下態樣:重複進行規定次數的(a)~(c)的製程,之後進行(d)的加熱,藉此將被積層之感光膜統括硬化。又,(c)顯影製程之後可以包括(e)金屬層形成製程,此時可以每次進行(d)的加熱,亦可以在積層規定次數之後統括進行(d)的加熱。積層製程中可以進一步適當包括上述乾燥製程和加熱製程等是毋庸置疑的。The lamination process includes a series of processes performed sequentially on the surface of a pattern (a layer composed of a hardened material) or a metal layer: (a) film formation process (layer formation process), (b) exposure process, (c) development process, and (d) heating process. This can be a case where only the film formation process (a) is repeated. Alternatively, the heating process (d) can be performed at the end or in the middle of the lamination process. That is, it can also be a case where processes (a) to (c) are repeated a predetermined number of times, followed by heating (d), thereby curing the laminated photosensitive film. Furthermore, (c) the developing process may include (e) the metal layer formation process, in which the heating in (d) may be performed each time, or the heating in (d) may be performed collectively after a specified number of laminations. It is beyond doubt that the lamination process may further appropriately include the aforementioned drying process and heating process.
在積層製程之後進一步進行積層製程時,可以在上述加熱製程之後,在上述曝光製程之後或在上述金屬層形成製程之後進一步進行表面活化處理製程。作為表面活化處理,可例示電漿處理。When performing a further deposition process after the deposition process, a surface activation treatment process can be performed after the heating process, the exposure process, or the metal layer formation process described above. Plasma treatment can be cited as an example of a surface activation treatment.
上述積層製程進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~5次為更佳,進行3~5次為進一步較佳。 又,積層製程中的各層可以為組成、形狀、膜厚等相同的層,亦可以為不同的層。The above-mentioned lamination process is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 5 times, and even better if performed 3 to 5 times. Furthermore, the layers in the lamination process can be layers with the same composition, shape, and film thickness, or they can be different layers.
例如,樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層之類的將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下之結構為較佳,3層以上且7層以下的結構為更佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, it is better to have a structure with 2 or more but less than 20 resin layers, more than 3 but less than 7 layers, and more than 3 but less than 5 layers.
在本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步以覆蓋上述金屬層的方式,形成上述感光性樹脂組成物的圖案(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可舉出依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程、(d)加熱製程之態樣或依次重複(a)膜形成製程、(b)曝光製程、(c)顯影製程、(e)金屬層形成製程並在最後或中間統括設置(d)加熱製程之態樣。藉由交替進行積層感光膜之積層製程與金屬層形成製程,能夠交替積層硬化物(圖案)與金屬層。In this invention, it is particularly preferable to further form the pattern (resin layer) of the photosensitive resin composition by covering the metal layer after setting the metal layer. Specifically, examples include repeating (a) the film formation process, (b) the exposure process, (c) the development process, (e) the metal layer formation process, and (d) the heating process in sequence, or repeating (a) the film formation process, (b) the exposure process, (c) the development process, and (e) the metal layer formation process in sequence and setting (d) the heating process at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the deposition process of the photosensitive film and the metal layer formation process, the hardened material (pattern) and the metal layer can be deposited alternately.
(表面活化處理製程) 本發明的積層體的製造方法可以包括對上述金屬層及感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理製程。 表面活化處理製程通常在金屬層形成製程之後進行,但亦可以在上述曝光顯影製程之後,對感光性樹脂組成物層進行表面活化處理製程之後進行金屬層形成製程。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以對金屬層及曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中表面形成感光性樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活化處理為較佳。如上所述,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之樹脂層的密接性。 又,表面活化處理亦對曝光後的感光性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如上所述,藉由對感光性樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層、樹脂層的密接性。 作為表面活化處理,具體而言,可以選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液來去除氧化覆膜之後浸漬於包含具有胺基和硫醇基中的至少1種之化合物之有機表面處理劑中的處理、使用刷子之機械性粗面化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其將氧作為原料氣體之氧電漿處理為較佳。電暈放電處理的情況下,能量係500~200,000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100,000J/m2 為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m2 為最佳。(Surface Activation Process) The method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention may include a surface activation process for surface-activating at least a portion of the aforementioned metal layer and photosensitive resin composition layer. The surface activation process is typically performed after the metal layer formation process, but it can also be performed after the aforementioned exposure and development process, followed by the surface activation process on the photosensitive resin composition layer and then the metal layer formation process. The surface activation process may be performed on only at least a portion of the metal layer, or only on at least a portion of the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer, or on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer. It is preferable to perform surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the metal layer, and preferably on a portion or all of the area on the metal layer where the photosensitive resin composition layer is formed. As described above, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion to the resin layer disposed on its surface can be improved. Furthermore, it is preferable to perform surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the exposed photosensitive resin composition layer (resin layer). As described above, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer, the adhesion to the metal layer and resin layer disposed on the surface-activated surface can be improved. As a surface activation treatment, specifically, plasma treatment, corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , NF3 /O2, etc. , can be selected from various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixture, argon/oxygen mixture, etc.), surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment of removing oxide coating by immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and then immersion in organic surface treatment agent containing at least one of amine and thiol groups, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush are preferred. Plasma treatment is preferred, especially oxygen plasma treatment with oxygen as the raw material gas. In the case of corona discharge treatment, an energy level of 500–200,000 J/ m² is preferred, 1,000–100,000 J/ m² is even better, and 10,000–50,000 J/ m² is optimal.
本發明亦公開一種包含本發明的硬化物或積層體之元件(例如,半導體元件)。作為將本發明的感光性樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之元件的具體例,能夠參考日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,並將該等內容編入本說明書中。 [實施例]This invention also discloses an element (e.g., a semiconductor device) comprising a cured material or laminate of this invention. As a specific example of using the photosensitive resin composition of this invention to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213-0218 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and the description in Figure 1, and these contents are incorporated herein by reference. [Example]
以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細的說明。以下實施例中示出之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要沒有特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The following embodiments provide a further detailed description of the present invention. The materials, quantities, proportions, processing contents, and processing steps shown in the following embodiments can be appropriately modified as long as they do not depart from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" refer to the mass measure.
<合成例1:聚合物A-1的合成> 將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)、16.8g(129mmol)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258mmol)及100g的二甘醇二甲醚(二乙二醇二甲醚)混合,在60℃的溫度下攪拌18小時,藉此製造了均苯四甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,將溫度保持在-10±4℃的同時經10分鐘添加了16.12g(135.5mmol)的SOCl2 。添加SOCl2 期間,黏度增加。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,在室溫下將反應混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,在-5~0℃下經20分鐘向反應混合物滴加了將11.08g(58.7mmol)的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮之溶液。接著,在0℃下使反應混合物反應1小時之後,添加乙醇70g,並在室溫下攪拌了一晚。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱於5升水中,將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉速)的速率攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,在4升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在減壓下、以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-1。該聚合物A-1的重量平均分子量為19,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A-1包含由下述式(A-1)表示之重複單元。 [化學式63] <Synthetic Example 1: Synthesis of Polymer A-1> 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol), and 100 g of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours to prepare a diester of pyromellitic dianhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and while maintaining the temperature at -10 ± 4°C, 16.12 g (135.5 mmol) of SOCl₂ was added over 10 minutes. The viscosity increased during the addition of SOCl₂ . After dilution with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, a solution of 11.08 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture over 20 minutes at -5 to 0 °C. Next, the reaction mixture was allowed to react at 0 °C for 1 hour, followed by the addition of 70 g of ethanol and stirring overnight at room temperature. Then, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 5 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for 15 minutes. A polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide precursor was then dried under reduced pressure at 45°C for 3 days to obtain polymer A-1. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A-1 is 19,000. It is presumed that polymer A-1 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-1). [Chemical Formula 63]
<合成例2:聚合物A-2的合成> 在合成例1中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為20.0g(64.5mmol)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例1相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A-2。聚合物A-2的重量平均分子量為22,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A-2包含由下述式(A-2)表示之重複單元。 由式(A-2)表示之重複單元中,有源自3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐之聯苯結構中包含之單鍵和由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐及甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯形成之酯結構存在於苯環上的間位之情況、存在於對位之情況(例如,由下述式(A-2-2)表示之重複單元等),認為在聚醯亞胺前驅物A-2中該等結構混合存在。 同樣地,以下,將表示合成例中的將3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐或4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐用作酸二酐時製造之聚醯亞胺前驅物中包含之重複單元之化學式中,源自3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐之聯苯結構中包含之單鍵或4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐中包含之醚鍵與各重複單元中包含之苯環上鍵結之酯鍵及醯胺鍵在苯環上的位置關係並不限定於記載為化學式的結構,設為上述位置關係不同者混合存在。 [化學式64] <Synthetic Example 2: Synthesis of Polymer A-2> In Synthetic Example 1, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 °C for 12 hours) was replaced with 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride (dried at 140 °C for 12 hours), and polymer A-2 was obtained by the same method as in Synthetic Example 1. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A-2 is 22,000. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A-2 contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-2). In the repeating unit represented by formula (A-2), there are cases where the single bond contained in the biphenyl structure of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride and the ester structure formed by 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate are present at the meta position on the benzene ring, and cases where they are present at the para position (e.g., the repeating unit represented by formula (A-2-2) below), and it is considered that these structures coexist in polyimide precursor A-2. Similarly, in the following, the chemical formulas of the repeating units in the polyimide precursors produced when 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride or 4,4'-oxophthalic anhydride are used as acid dianhydrides in the synthetic examples, will be used to indicate that the positional relationships of the single bonds in the biphenyl structure of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride or the ether bonds in 4,4'-oxophthalic anhydride with the ester bonds and amide bonds bonded to the benzene ring in each repeating unit on the benzene ring are not limited to the structures shown in the chemical formulas, and are assumed to be a mixture of different positional relationships. [Chemical Formula 64]
<合成例3:聚合物A-3的合成> 在合成例1中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為20.0g(64.5mmol)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例1相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A-3。聚合物A-3的重量平均分子量為19,300。推測所獲得之聚合物A-3包含由下述式(A-3)表示之重複單元。 [化學式65] <Synthetic Example 3: Synthesis of Polymer A-3> In Synthetic Example 1, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) was replaced with 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4'-oxophthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), and polymer A-3 was obtained by the same method as in Synthetic Example 1. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A-3 is 19,300. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A-3 contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-3). [Chemical Formula 65]
<合成例4:聚合物A-4的合成> 在合成例1中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐9.49g(32.25mmol)及氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25mmol)(均為在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例1相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A-4。聚合物A-4的重量平均分子量為18,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A-4包含由下述式(A-4)表示之2種重複單元。 [化學式66] <Synthetic Example 4: Synthesis of Polymer A-4> In Synthetic Example 1, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) was replaced with 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxadiopteric dianhydride (both dried at 140°C for 12 hours). Otherwise, the synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthetic Example 1, thereby obtaining polymer A-4. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A-4 is 18,000. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A-4 contains two repeating units represented by the following formula (A-4). [Formula 66]
<合成例5:聚合物A-5的合成> 將2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷28.0g(76.4mmol)攪拌溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮200g,藉此製備了溶液A。接著,向溶液A中添加吡啶12.1g(153mmol),將溫度保持在-10~0℃的同時經1小時向溶液A中滴加了使庚二醯氯1.38g(70.1mmol)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮75g之溶液。攪拌30分鐘之後,添加乙醯氯1.00g(12.7mmol),進一步攪拌了60分鐘。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液中滴加甲基丙烯醯氯16.75g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進一步在60℃下攪拌了3小時。 接著,使聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂在6升水中沉澱,並將水-聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾收集聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂,在6升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物樹脂在減壓下、45℃下乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-5。所獲得之聚合物A-5的重量平均分子量為20,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A-5包含由下述式(A-5)表示之重複單元。 [化學式67] <Synthetic Example 5: Synthesis of Polymer A-5> Solution A was prepared by dissolving 28.0 g (76.4 mmol) of 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane in 200 g of N-methylpyrrolidone. Next, 12.1 g (153 mmol) of pyridine was added to solution A, and while maintaining the temperature at -10 to 0 °C for 1 hour, a solution containing 1.38 g (70.1 mmol) of heptadiene chloride in 75 g of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise. After stirring for 30 minutes, 1.00 g (12.7 mmol) of acetyl chloride was added, and the mixture was stirred further for 60 minutes. After cooling the reaction solution to 25 °C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 16.75 g (160 mmol) of methacryl chloride was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours, followed by further stirring at 60 °C for 3 hours. Next, the polybenzo[a]azole precursor resin was precipitated in 6 liters of water, and the water-polybenzo[a]azole precursor resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polybenzo[a]azole precursor resin was collected by filtration, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polybenzo[a]azole precursor resin was then dried under reduced pressure at 45 °C for 3 days to obtain polymer A-5. The obtained polymer A-5 has a weight-average molecular weight of 20,000. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A-5 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-5). [Formula 67]
<合成例6:聚合物A-6的合成> 在具備配有攪拌機、冷凝器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中一邊去除水分,一邊使2-羥基-4,4’-二胺基二苯醚43.25g(200mmol)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)300g中。 接著,添加4,4’-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐88.85g(200mmol),在40℃的溫度下攪拌了2小時。接著,添加甲苯50mL及3-胺基苯酚2.18g(10mmol),在40℃下攪拌了2小時。攪拌後,以200ml/min的流量流通氮的同時,將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液中滴加甲基丙烯醯氯16.75g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進一步在60℃下攪拌了3小時。將其冷卻至25℃,添加乙酸10g,並在25℃下攪拌了1小時。攪拌後,使其在2升水/甲醇=75/25(體積比)中沉澱,並以2,000rpm的速度攪拌了30分鐘。過濾收集所析出的聚醯亞胺樹脂,用1.5升水進行淋洗之後,將濾出物與2升甲醇混合,再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺在減壓下,以40℃乾燥1天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-6。 聚合物A-6的重量平均分子量為18,500。推測所獲得之聚合物A-6包含由下述式(A-6)表示之重複單元。 [化學式68] <Synthetic Example 6: Synthesis of Polymer A-6> While removing moisture in a dry reactor equipped with a stirrer, condenser, and a flat-bottomed connector containing an internal thermometer, 43.25 g (200 mmol) of 2-hydroxy-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether was dissolved in 300 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP). Next, 88.85 g (200 mmol) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropyl)diphthalic anhydride was added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 2 hours. Then, 50 mL of toluene and 2.18 g (10 mmol) of 3-aminophenol were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 2 hours. After stirring, nitrogen was flowed through the reactor at a flow rate of 200 mL/min, and the temperature was raised to 180 °C and stirred for 6 hours. After cooling the above reaction solution to 25°C, 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 16.75 g (160 mmol) of methacryl chloride was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours, followed by further stirring at 60°C for 3 hours. The solution was then cooled to 25°C, 10 g of acetic acid was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After stirring, the mixture was precipitated in 2 liters of water/methanol (75/25, volume ratio) and stirred at 2,000 rpm for 30 minutes. The precipitated polyimide resin was collected by filtration, washed with 1.5 liters of water, and the filtrate was mixed with 2 liters of methanol, stirred again for 30 minutes, and filtered again. The obtained polyimide was dried at 40°C for 1 day under reduced pressure to obtain polymer A-6. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A-6 is 18,500. It is presumed that polymer A-6 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-6). [Chemical Formula 68]
<合成例7:聚合物A-7的合成> 將2,2’-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷28.0g(76.4mmol)攪拌溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮200g,藉此製備了溶液A。接著,向溶液A中添加吡啶 12.1g(153mmol),將溫度保持在-10~0℃的同時經1小時向溶液A中滴加了使2,5-二羥基對本二甲酸二氯化物1.38g(70.1mmol,合成品)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮75g之溶液。攪拌30分鐘之後,添加乙醯氯1.00g(12.7mmol),進一步攪拌了60分鐘。攪拌後,以200ml/min的流量流通氮的同時,將溫度升溫至180℃,並攪拌了6小時。 將上述反應液冷卻至25℃之後,添加對甲氧基苯酚0.005g,並進行溶解。向該溶液中滴加甲基丙烯醯氯16.75g(160mmol),在25℃下攪拌2小時之後,進一步在60℃下攪拌了3小時。 接著,使聚苯并㗁唑樹脂在6升水中沉澱,並將水-聚苯并㗁唑樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。過濾收集聚苯并㗁唑樹脂,在6升水中再次攪拌30分鐘,並再次進行了過濾。接著,將所獲得之聚苯并㗁唑樹脂在減壓下、45℃下乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A-7。所獲得之聚合物A-7的重量平均分子量為19,200。推測所獲得之聚合物A-7包含由下述式(A-7)表示之重複單元。 [化學式69] <Synthetic Example 7: Synthesis of Polymer A-7> Solution A was prepared by dissolving 28.0 g (76.4 mmol) of 2,2'-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane in 200 g of N-methylpyrrolidone. Next, 12.1 g (153 mmol) of pyridine was added to solution A. While maintaining the temperature at -10 to 0 °C for 1 hour, a solution containing 1.38 g (70.1 mmol, synthesized product) of 2,5-dihydroxy-p-dicarboxylic acid dichloride dissolved in 75 g of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise. After stirring for 30 minutes, 1.00 g (12.7 mmol) of acetyl chloride was added, and the mixture was stirred further for 60 minutes. After stirring, nitrogen was flowed through the solution at a flow rate of 200 ml/min while the temperature was raised to 180°C and stirred for 6 hours. The reaction solution was then cooled to 25°C, and 0.005 g of p-methoxyphenol was added and dissolved. 16.75 g (160 mmol) of methacrylic acid chloride was added dropwise to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours, followed by further stirring at 60°C for 3 hours. Next, the polybenzoxazole resin was precipitated in 6 liters of water, and the water-polybenzoxazole resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polybenzoxazole resin was collected by filtration, stirred again in 6 liters of water for 30 minutes, and filtered again. Next, the obtained polybenzoxazole resin was dried under reduced pressure at 45°C for 3 days to obtain polymer A-7. The weight-average molecular weight of the obtained polymer A-7 was 19,200. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A-7 contains repeating units represented by the following formula (A-7). [Chemical Formula 69]
<合成例8:聚合物A’-1的合成> 將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)、16.8g(129mmol)的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、0.05g的氫醌、20.4g的吡啶(258mmol)及200g的γ-丁內酯混合,在室溫下攪拌36小時,藉此製造了均苯四甲酸二酐與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。 接著,在冰冷下,一邊攪拌一邊滴加了將二環己碳二亞胺(DCC)26.6g溶解於γ-丁內酯25g中溶解之溶液。接著,攪拌的同時經60分鐘添加了將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚12.0g懸浮於γ-丁內酯45ml中者。進一步在室溫下攪拌2小時之後,添加乙醇30ml並攪拌1小時,接著,添加了γ-丁內酯100ml。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中生成之沉澱物,藉此獲得了反應液。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱於3升水中,將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物以5,000rpm(revolutions per minute:每分鐘轉速)的速率攪拌了15分鐘。過濾獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,使其溶解於300mL的四氫呋喃中之後,在2升水中再次獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物作為沉澱物。將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物在減壓下、以45℃乾燥3天,藉此獲得了聚合物A’-1。該聚合物A’-1的重量平均分子量為21,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A’-1包含由上述式(A-1)表示之重複單元。<Synthetic Example 8: Synthesis of Polymer A’-1> 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140 °C for 12 hours), 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 20.4 g of pyridine (258 mmol), and 200 g of γ-butyrolactone were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 36 hours to prepare a diester of pyromellitic dianhydride and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Next, while stirring, a solution containing 26.6 g of dicyclohexanediimide (DCC) dissolved in 25 g of γ-butyrolactone was added dropwise under ice-cold conditions. Next, while stirring, 12.0 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether suspended in 45 ml of γ-butyrolactone was added after 60 minutes. After further stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 30 ml of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, followed by the addition of 100 ml of γ-butyrolactone. The precipitate formed in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, thereby obtaining the reaction solution. Then, the polyimide precursor was precipitated in 3 liters of water, and the water-polyimide precursor mixture was stirred at 5,000 rpm (revolutions per minute) for 15 minutes. The polyimide precursor was obtained by filtration, dissolved in 300 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and then the polyimide precursor was obtained again as a precipitate in 2 liters of water. The obtained polyimide precursor was dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 3 days to obtain polymer A’-1. The weight average molecular weight of polymer A’-1 is 21,000. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A’-1 contains repeating units represented by the above formula (A-1).
<合成例9:聚合物A’-2的合成> 在合成例8中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為20.0g(64.5mmol)的3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例8相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A’-2。聚合物A’-2的重量平均分子量為22,500。推測所獲得之聚合物A’-2包含由上述式(A-2)表示之重複單元。<Synthetic Example 9: Synthesis of Polymer A’-2> In Synthetic Example 8, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) was replaced with 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 3,3’,4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours). Otherwise, the synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthetic Example 8, thereby obtaining polymer A’-2. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A’-2 is 22,500. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A’-2 contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (A-2).
<合成例10:聚合物A’-3的合成> 在合成例8中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為20.0g(64.5mmol)的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例8相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A’-3。聚合物A’-3的重量平均分子量為21,200。推測所獲得之聚合物A’-3包含由上述式(A-3)表示之重複單元。<Synthetic Example 10: Synthesis of Polymer A’-3> In Synthetic Example 8, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) was replaced with 20.0 g (64.5 mmol) of 4,4’-oxophthalic anhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours), and polymer A’-3 was obtained by the same method as in Synthetic Example 8. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A’-3 is 21,200. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A’-3 contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (A-3).
<合成例11:聚合物A’-4的合成> 在合成例8中,將14.06g(64.5mmol)的均苯四甲酸二酐(在140℃下乾燥了12小時者)變更為4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐9.49g(32.25mmol)及氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25mmol)(均為在140℃下乾燥了12小時者),除此以外,以與合成例8相同的方法進行合成,藉此獲得了聚合物A’-4。聚合物A’-4的重量平均分子量為21,000。推測所獲得之聚合物A’-4包含由上述式(A-4)表示之2種重複單元。<Synthetic Example 11: Synthesis of Polymer A’-4> In Synthetic Example 8, 14.06 g (64.5 mmol) of pyromellitic dianhydride (dried at 140°C for 12 hours) was replaced with 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxadiopteric dianhydride (both dried at 140°C for 12 hours). Otherwise, the synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthetic Example 8, thereby obtaining polymer A’-4. The weight-average molecular weight of polymer A’-4 is 21,000. It is presumed that the obtained polymer A’-4 contains two repeating units represented by the above formula (A-4).
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表1~表4中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各感光性樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表4中記載之成分,藉此獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,將表1~表4中記載之各成分的含量設為表1~表4的各欄中記載之量(質量份)。 利用過濾器細孔寬度0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器,在0.3MPa的壓力下對所獲得之感光性樹脂組成物及比較用組成物進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1~表4中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有該成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each embodiment, the components listed in Tables 1 to 4 below were mixed to obtain various photosensitive resin compositions. Furthermore, in each comparative example, the components listed in Table 4 below were mixed to obtain various comparative compositions. Specifically, the content of each component listed in Tables 1 to 4 was set as the amount (parts by mass) recorded in each column of Tables 1 to 4. The obtained photosensitive resin compositions and comparative compositions were pressure filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm at a pressure of 0.3 MPa. Furthermore, in Tables 1 to 4, a "-" indicates that the composition does not contain that component.
[表1]
[表2]
[表3]
[表4]
表1~表4中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The detailed information of each component recorded in Tables 1 to 4 is as follows.
〔樹脂〕 ・A-1~A-7:上述的聚合物A-1~A-7[Resin] ・A-1~A-7: The above-mentioned polymers A-1~A-7
〔增感劑〕 ・B-1:2,4-二甲基噻噸酮 ・B-2:N-苯基二乙醇胺 ・B-3:7-(二乙基胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯 ・B-4:2,4-二甲基噻噸酮 ・B-5:2-氯噻噸酮 ・B-6:2,4-二異丙基噻噸酮 ・B-7:吖啶酮 ・B-8:N-甲基吖啶酮 ・B-9:N-丁基吖啶酮 ・B-10:N-丁基-2-氯吖啶酮 ・B-11:9-苯基吖啶 ・B-12:1,7-雙(9-吖啶)庚烷 上述B-2係不具有縮合環結構之增感劑。[Sensitizers] • B-1: 2,4-Dimethylthiatonone • B-2: N-Phenylenediethanolamine • B-3: Ethyl 7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylate • B-4: 2,4-Dimethylthiatonone • B-5: 2-Chlorothiatonone • B-6: 2,4-Diisopropylthiatonone • B-7: Acridinone • B-8: N-Methylacridinone • B-9: N-Butylacridinone • B-10: N-Butyl-2-chloroacridinone • B-11: 9-Phenylecridinone • B-12: 1,7-Bis(9-acridin)heptane The above B-2 is a sensitizer without a condensed ring structure.
〔有機金屬錯合物〕 ・C-1:四異丙氧基鈦(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製) ・C-2:二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦(Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製) ・C-3~C-6:下述結構的化合物,C-5亦為具有自由基聚合起始能力之化合物。 [化學式70] 上述式中,Me表示甲基。[Organometallic Complexes] • C-1: Tetraisopropoxytitanium (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.) • C-2: Diisopropoxybis(acetylacetone)titanium (manufactured by Matsumoto Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.) • C-3 to C-6: Compounds with the following structures, where C-5 is also a compound capable of initiating free radical polymerization. [Chemical Formula 70] In the above formula, Me represents a methyl group.
〔交聯劑〕 ・E-1:SR-209(四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯,Sartomer Company,Inc製) ・E-2:A-DPH(二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd製)[Crosslinking Agent] • E-1: SR-209 (Tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.) • E-2: A-DPH (Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
〔光自由基聚合起始劑〕 ・F-1:IRGACURE OXE 01(BASF公司製)[Photoradical polymerization initiator] • F-1: IRGACURE OXE 01 (manufactured by BASF)
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・G-1:2,6-二-三級丁基-4-甲基苯酚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製) ・G-2:對苯醌(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製) ・G-3:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚[Polymerization Inhibitors] • G-1: 2,6-Di-tertiary-butyl-4-methylphenol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) • G-2: p-Benzoquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) • G-3: 2-Nitrosamino-1-naphthol
〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・H-1:下述結構的化合物,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製 ・H-2:下述結構的化合物,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製 [化學式71] [Migration Inhibitor] • H-1: Compounds with the following structure, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. • H-2: Compounds with the following structure, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. [Chemical Formula 71]
〔金屬接著性改良劑〕 ・I-1:下述結構的化合物,Sigma-Aldrich Co.LLC製 ・I-2:下述結構的化合物,Sigma-Aldrich Co.LLC製 [化學式72] 上述式中,Et表示乙基。[Metal Adhesion Modifier] • I-1: Compounds with the following structure, manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC • I-2: Compounds with the following structure, manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Co. LLC [Chemical Formula 72] In the above formula, Et represents ethyl.
〔溶劑〕 ・J-1:γ-丁內酯(SANWAYUKA INDUSTRY CORPORATION製) ・J-2:二甲基亞碸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)[Solubilizer] • J-1: γ-Butyrolactone (manufactured by SANWAYUKA INDUSTRY CORPORATION) • J-2: Dimethyl monoxide (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)
<評價> 〔解析度的評價〕 將在各實施例中製備之感光性樹脂組成物或在各比較例中製備之比較用組成物旋塗於矽晶圓上。將上述旋塗後的矽晶圓在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了10μm的均勻膜厚的感光膜。 使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)對矽晶圓上的感光膜進行了曝光。曝光使用i射線進行,在波長365nm下,以200、300、400、500、600、700、800mJ/cm2 的各曝光能量,使用形成有從5μm至25μm為止1μm刻度的線與空間圖案之光罩進行曝光而獲得了樹脂層。 利用環戊酮對上述樹脂層進行60秒顯影,將在上述200~800mJ/cm2 的曝光量中線寬變得最寬的曝光量中的最小線寬作為指標值,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。將評價結果記載於表中的“解析度”一欄。上述指標值越小,表示光照射部與光非照射部在顯影液中的溶解性之差越大,成為較佳結果。又,若相對於曝光能量的變化,線寬的變化小,則表示解析度優異,成為較佳結果。測定界限係5μm。 -評價基準- A:上述指標值係5μm以上且小於10μm。 B:上述指標值係10μm以上且小於20μm。 C:上述指標值係20μm以上或未能形成線與空間圖案。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of Resolution] The photosensitive resin composition prepared in each embodiment or the comparative composition prepared in each comparative example was spin-coated onto a silicon wafer. The spin-coated silicon wafer was dried on a heated plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive film with a uniform thickness of 10 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive film on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). Exposure was performed using i-rays at a wavelength of 365 nm, with exposure energies of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and 800 mJ/ cm² . A photomask with 1 μm graduations from 5 μm to 25 μm was used to obtain the resin layer. The resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds. The minimum linewidth among the exposures with the widest linewidth within the 200–800 mJ/ cm² range was used as the index value, and evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Resolution" column of the table. A smaller index value indicates a greater difference in solubility between the illuminated and unilluminated areas in the developing solution, resulting in a better outcome. Furthermore, if the linewidth change is small relative to the change in exposure energy, it indicates excellent resolution and is considered a better result. The measurement limit is 5μm. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The above indicator value is 5μm or higher and less than 10μm. B: The above indicator value is 10μm or higher and less than 20μm. C: The above indicator value is 20μm or higher, or no line and spatial pattern is formed.
〔曝光靈敏度的評價〕 藉由與上述解析度的評價中的方法相同的方法,在矽晶圓上形成了樹脂層的線與空間圖案。用液體氮冷卻上述線與空間圖案的同時切割每個矽晶圓,利用掃描式電子顯微鏡用試樣用塗佈裝置(離子濺射裝置E-1030,HITACHI製),對線與空間圖案的截面進行了蒸鍍處理。進行上述蒸鍍處理之後,從截面側實施掃描式電子顯微鏡測定,在所形成之線與空間圖案中算出線寬最小的線與空間圖案的側面與矽晶圓表面之間的角度,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。 可以說上述角度越接近90°,感光性樹脂組成物的曝光靈敏度越優異。 -評價基準- A:形成了上述角度為75°以上且小於90°的圖案。 B:未形成圖案,但上述角度小於75°或為90°以上。 C:未能確認到圖案的形成。[Evaluation of Exposure Sensitivity] A resin layer with line and spatial patterns was formed on a silicon wafer using the same method as described in the resolution evaluation above. While cooling the line and spatial patterns with liquid nitrogen, each silicon wafer was diced, and the cross-section of the line and spatial patterns was vapor-deposited using a scanning electron microscope sample coating apparatus (ion sputtering apparatus E-1030, manufactured by HITACHI). After the vapor-deposit process, scanning electron microscopy was performed from the cross-sectional side to measure the angle between the side of the line and spatial pattern with the smallest linewidth and the silicon wafer surface, and the angle was calculated. The evaluation was then performed according to the following evaluation criteria. Generally speaking, the closer the angle is to 90°, the better the exposure sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition. -Evaluation Criteria- A: A pattern was formed at an angle greater than 75° and less than 90°. B: No pattern was formed, but the angle was less than 75° or greater than 90°. C: Pattern formation could not be confirmed.
〔耐藥品性的評價〕 將在各實施例中製備之感光性樹脂組成物或在各比較例中製備之比較用組成物旋塗於矽晶圓上。將上述旋塗後的矽晶圓在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了10μm的均勻膜厚的感光膜。 使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C)對矽晶圓上的感光膜進行了曝光。曝光使用i射線進行,在波長365nm下,以200、300、400、500、600、700、800mJ/cm2 的各曝光能量,使用形成有從5μm至25μm為止1μm刻度的線與空間圖案之光罩進行曝光而獲得了樹脂層。 在耐藥品性的評價中,為了簡化評價而未進行顯影。 將上述曝光後的樹脂層及矽晶圓在氮氣氛圍下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到230℃之後、將該溫度維持180分鐘,藉此獲得了硬化膜。 關於所獲得之硬化膜,在下述條件下浸漬於下述藥品中,並計算了溶解速度。 藥品:二甲基亞碸(DMSO)與25質量%的氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)水溶液的90:10(質量比)的混合物 評價條件:將上述硬化膜在上述藥品中,以75℃浸漬15分鐘,並比較浸漬前後的硬化膜的膜厚,藉此算出了溶解速度(nm/分鐘)。 關於所獲得之溶解速度的值,按照下述評價基準評價,將評價結果記載於表1~表4的“耐藥品性”一欄中。可以說溶解速度越慢,耐藥品性越優異。 -評價基準- A:溶解速度低於250nm/分鐘。 B:溶解速度為250nm/分鐘以上且低於500nm/分鐘。 C:溶解速度為500nm/分鐘以上。[Evaluation of Drug Resistance] The photosensitive resin composition prepared in each embodiment or the comparative composition prepared in each comparative example was spin-coated onto a silicon wafer. The spin-coated silicon wafer was dried on a heated plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive film with a uniform thickness of 10 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive film on the silicon wafer was exposed using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). Exposure was performed using i-rays at a wavelength of 365 nm with exposure energies of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and 800 mJ/ cm² , using a photomask with lines and spatial patterns ranging from 5 μm to 25 μm in 1 μm increments to obtain a resin layer. For the sake of simplicity, development was not performed in the evaluation of chemical resistance. The exposed resin layer and silicon wafer were heated to 230 °C at a rate of 10 °C/min under a nitrogen atmosphere and maintained at that temperature for 180 minutes to obtain a hardened film. The obtained hardened film was immersed in the following chemicals under the following conditions, and the dissolution rate was calculated. Drug: A mixture of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and 25% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution in a 90:10 ratio. Evaluation conditions: The hardened film was immersed in the drug at 75°C for 15 minutes, and the film thickness before and after immersion was compared to calculate the dissolution rate (nm/min). The obtained dissolution rate values were evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results were recorded in the "Drug Resistance" column of Tables 1 to 4. Generally speaking, the slower the dissolution rate, the better the drug resistance. -Evaluation Criteria- A: Dissolution rate less than 250 nm/min. B: Dissolution rate greater than 250 nm/min but less than 500 nm/min. C: Dissolution rate greater than 500 nm/min.
〔解析度(直接曝光)的評價〕 將各實施例或比較例中的感光性樹脂組成物旋塗於矽晶圓上。將上述矽晶圓在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,藉此在矽晶圓上形成了10μm的均勻膜厚的感光膜。 利用直接曝光裝置(AdTech DE-6UH III),對矽晶圓上的感光膜進行了曝光。關於曝光,在波長405nm下,以200、300、400、500、600、700、800mJ/cm2 的各曝光能量,進行曝光部成為從5μm至25μm為止1μm刻度的線與空間圖案上的線部之類的雷射直接成像曝光,藉此獲得了樹脂層。 利用環戊酮對上述樹脂層進行60秒顯影,將在上述200~800mJ/cm2 的曝光量中線寬變得最寬的曝光量中的最小線寬作為指標值,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表中的“解析度(直接曝光)”一欄。上述指標值越小,表示光照射部與光非照射部在顯影液中的溶解性之差越大,成為較佳結果。測定界限係5μm。 -評價基準- A:上述指標值係5μm以上且小於10μm。 B:上述指標值係10μm以上且小於20μm。 C:上述指標值係20μm以上或未能形成線與空間圖案。[Evaluation of Resolution (Direct Exposure)] The photosensitive resin composition of each embodiment or comparative example was spin-coated onto a silicon wafer. The silicon wafer was dried on a heated plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, thereby forming a photosensitive film with a uniform thickness of 10 μm on the silicon wafer. The photosensitive film on the silicon wafer was exposed using a direct exposure apparatus (AdTech DE-6UH III). Regarding the exposure, laser direct imaging exposure was performed at a wavelength of 405 nm with exposure energies of 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and 800 mJ/ cm² , thereby obtaining a resin layer such as lines on a 1 μm scale from 5 μm to 25 μm. The resin layer was developed with cyclopentanone for 60 seconds. The minimum linewidth among the exposures with the widest linewidth within the range of 200–800 mJ/ cm² was used as the index value, and the evaluation was conducted according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Resolution (Direct Exposure)" column of the table. The smaller the index value, the greater the difference in solubility between the illuminated and unilluminated areas in the developing solution, resulting in a better result. The measurement limit is 5 μm. -Evaluation Criteria- A: The index value is 5 μm or more and less than 10 μm. B: The index value is 10 μm or more and less than 20 μm. C: The index value is 20 μm or more or no line and spatial pattern is formed.
又,在將聚合物A-1、A-2、A-3及A-4用作樹脂之實施例中,將聚合物A-1變更為同質量份的聚合物A’-1,將聚合物A-2變更為同質量份的聚合物A’-2,將聚合物A-3變更為同質量份的聚合物A’-3,將聚合物A-4變更為同質量份的聚合物A’-4,並以相同的方法進行了解析度、曝光靈敏度、耐藥品性及解析度(直接曝光)的評價之結果,各實施例中的各評價項目的評價結果與變更前的評價結果相同。Furthermore, in the embodiments where polymers A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-4 are used as resins, polymer A-1 is replaced with an equal mass of polymer A’-1, polymer A-2 is replaced with an equal mass of polymer A’-2, polymer A-3 is replaced with an equal mass of polymer A’-3, and polymer A-4 is replaced with an equal mass of polymer A’-4. The results of the evaluation of resolution, exposure sensitivity, chemical resistance, and resolution (direct exposure) are performed in the same manner. The evaluation results of each evaluation item in each embodiment are the same as the evaluation results before the change.
從以上結果可知藉由本發明的感光性樹脂組成物可獲得解析度及耐藥品性優異之圖案。 比較例1之比較用組成物不包含特定增感劑。可知該種比較用組成物的解析度差。 又,比較例2之比較用組成物不包含有機金屬錯合物。可知該種比較用組成物的解析度差。 比較例3之比較用組成物僅包含與特定增感劑不同的增感劑。可知使用該種比較用組成物時,圖案的耐藥品性差。The results above show that the photosensitive resin composition of this invention can produce patterns with excellent resolution and drug resistance. The comparative composition of Comparative Example 1 does not contain the specific sensitizer. Therefore, the resolution of this comparative composition is poor. Furthermore, the comparative composition of Comparative Example 2 does not contain organometallic complexes. Therefore, the resolution of this comparative composition is poor. The comparative composition of Comparative Example 3 contains only a sensitizer different from the specific sensitizer. Therefore, when using this comparative composition, the drug resistance of the pattern is poor.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將實施例1中使用之感光性樹脂組成物以層狀應用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層表面,在100℃下乾燥4分鐘,藉此形成了膜厚20μm的感光膜之後,用步進機(Nikon Corporation製,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。曝光後,以100℃加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱之後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,用PGMEA沖洗30秒,藉此獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣氛圍下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行升溫,達到230℃之後,在230℃維持120分鐘,藉此形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造了半導體元件之結果,確認到正常工作。<Example 101> The photosensitive resin composition used in Example 1 was applied layerwise to the surface of a copper thin layer on a resin substrate with a copper thin layer formed thereon using a spin coating method. After drying at 100°C for 4 minutes, a photosensitive film with a thickness of 20 μm was formed. Exposure was then performed using a stepper (Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm through a mask (a binary mask with a 1:1 line-space pattern and a linewidth of 10 μm). After exposure, it was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. Following the heating, it was developed with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes and washed with PGMEA for 30 seconds to obtain the layer pattern. Next, under a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was increased at a rate of 10°C/min until it reached 230°C, and then maintained at 230°C for 120 minutes, thereby forming an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. This interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer exhibits excellent insulation properties. Furthermore, semiconductor devices were fabricated using these interlayer insulating films for the redistribution layer, and normal operation was confirmed.
Claims (16)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020034872 | 2020-03-02 | ||
| JP2020-034872 | 2020-03-02 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202146527A TW202146527A (en) | 2021-12-16 |
| TWI901645B true TWI901645B (en) | 2025-10-21 |
Family
ID=77613048
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110107078A TWI901645B (en) | 2020-03-02 | 2021-02-26 | Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and device |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (2) | JP7506735B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI901645B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021177263A1 (en) |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201543161A (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2015-11-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Photo-sensitive resin composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device |
| TW201831995A (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2018-09-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2000131838A (en) * | 1998-10-26 | 2000-05-12 | Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, production of relief pattern and semiconductor device |
| JP2000356853A (en) * | 1999-06-15 | 2000-12-26 | Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd | Negative type photosensitive polyimide precursor composition for development with basic aqueous solution and production of pattern using same |
| JP2008122889A (en) * | 2006-10-18 | 2008-05-29 | Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method and electronic component using this photosensitive resin composition |
| JP2010224319A (en) | 2009-03-24 | 2010-10-07 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive laminate, permanent pattern forming method, and printed circuit board |
| JP5571990B2 (en) * | 2009-06-04 | 2014-08-13 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Negative photosensitive resin composition, cured relief pattern forming / manufacturing method, and semiconductor device |
-
2021
- 2021-02-26 TW TW110107078A patent/TWI901645B/en active
- 2021-03-02 JP JP2022504373A patent/JP7506735B2/en active Active
- 2021-03-02 WO PCT/JP2021/007806 patent/WO2021177263A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2024
- 2024-06-14 JP JP2024096388A patent/JP2024129038A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201543161A (en) * | 2014-03-27 | 2015-11-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Photo-sensitive resin composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, and semiconductor device |
| TW201831995A (en) * | 2016-08-01 | 2018-09-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2021177263A1 (en) | 2021-09-10 |
| JP2024129038A (en) | 2024-09-26 |
| TW202146527A (en) | 2021-12-16 |
| WO2021177263A1 (en) | 2021-09-10 |
| JP7506735B2 (en) | 2024-06-26 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875930B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| KR102871890B1 (en) | Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890907B (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI888627B (en) | Method for producing hardened product, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element | |
| TWI898039B (en) | Method for producing a cured product, method for producing a laminate, and method for producing a semiconductor device | |
| TWI869552B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI860437B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202204475A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202136420A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202125122A (en) | Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, layered body manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TW202208507A (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, cured film production method and semiconductor device | |
| TWI893199B (en) | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TWI882163B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI894341B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI886225B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI901645B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and device | |
| TWI908623B (en) | Curable resin compositions, resin films, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI912328B (en) | Curable resin compositions, cured films, laminates, methods for manufacturing cured films, semiconductor devices, and thermosetting resins. | |
| TWI912484B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904169B (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, hardened films, laminates, methods for manufacturing hardened films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI904246B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI902904B (en) | Resin composition, cured material, laminate, method for manufacturing cured material and semiconductor device | |
| TWI912365B (en) | Resin compositions, cured materials, laminates, manufacturing methods of cured materials, and semiconductor devices |